From 37966ff16d923bbca53c9464815cb49cbd7fc3be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: inmarket Date: Wed, 19 Feb 2014 00:36:52 +1000 Subject: Integrate the include files with each module. Simplifies structure of code. --- include/gadc/gadc.h | 270 ----------- include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h | 190 -------- include/gadc/options.h | 42 -- include/gaudin/gaudin.h | 174 ------- include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h | 102 ----- include/gaudin/options.h | 32 -- include/gaudout/gaudout.h | 45 -- include/gaudout/options.h | 32 -- include/gdisp/colors.h | 377 --------------- include/gdisp/gdisp.h | 994 ---------------------------------------- include/gdisp/image.h | 307 ------------- include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h | 873 ----------------------------------- include/gdisp/options.h | 381 --------------- include/gevent/gevent.h | 234 ---------- include/gevent/options.h | 55 --- include/gfile/gfile.h | 169 ------- include/gfile/options.h | 158 ------- include/gfx.h | 231 ---------- include/gfx_rules.h | 246 ---------- include/ginput/dial.h | 111 ----- include/ginput/ginput.h | 50 -- include/ginput/keyboard.h | 128 ------ include/ginput/lld/dial.h | 45 -- include/ginput/lld/mouse.h | 178 ------- include/ginput/lld/toggle.h | 61 --- include/ginput/mouse.h | 181 -------- include/ginput/options.h | 114 ----- include/ginput/toggle.h | 100 ---- include/gmisc/gmisc.h | 212 --------- include/gmisc/options.h | 78 ---- include/gos/chibios.h | 100 ---- include/gos/gos.h | 445 ------------------ include/gos/linux.h | 94 ---- include/gos/options.h | 67 --- include/gos/osx.h | 94 ---- include/gos/raw32.h | 125 ----- include/gos/win32.h | 106 ----- include/gqueue/gqueue.h | 264 ----------- include/gqueue/options.h | 53 --- include/gtimer/gtimer.h | 180 -------- include/gtimer/options.h | 46 -- include/gwin/button.h | 138 ------ include/gwin/checkbox.h | 116 ----- include/gwin/class_gwin.h | 216 --------- include/gwin/console.h | 172 ------- include/gwin/graph.h | 186 -------- include/gwin/gwidget.h | 308 ------------- include/gwin/gwin.h | 863 ---------------------------------- include/gwin/image.h | 127 ----- include/gwin/label.h | 72 --- include/gwin/list.h | 287 ------------ include/gwin/options.h | 185 -------- include/gwin/progressbar.h | 190 -------- include/gwin/radio.h | 142 ------ include/gwin/slider.h | 155 ------- 55 files changed, 10901 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/gadc/gadc.h delete mode 100644 include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h delete mode 100644 include/gadc/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gaudin/gaudin.h delete mode 100644 include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h delete mode 100644 include/gaudin/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gaudout/gaudout.h delete mode 100644 include/gaudout/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gdisp/colors.h delete mode 100644 include/gdisp/gdisp.h delete mode 100644 include/gdisp/image.h delete mode 100644 include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h delete mode 100644 include/gdisp/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gevent/gevent.h delete mode 100644 include/gevent/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gfile/gfile.h delete mode 100644 include/gfile/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gfx.h delete mode 100644 include/gfx_rules.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/dial.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/ginput.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/keyboard.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/lld/dial.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/lld/mouse.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/lld/toggle.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/mouse.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/options.h delete mode 100644 include/ginput/toggle.h delete mode 100644 include/gmisc/gmisc.h delete mode 100644 include/gmisc/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/chibios.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/gos.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/linux.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/osx.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/raw32.h delete mode 100644 include/gos/win32.h delete mode 100644 include/gqueue/gqueue.h delete mode 100644 include/gqueue/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gtimer/gtimer.h delete mode 100644 include/gtimer/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/button.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/checkbox.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/class_gwin.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/console.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/graph.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/gwidget.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/gwin.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/image.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/label.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/list.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/options.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/progressbar.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/radio.h delete mode 100644 include/gwin/slider.h (limited to 'include') diff --git a/include/gadc/gadc.h b/include/gadc/gadc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ad5ecb8..00000000 --- a/include/gadc/gadc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gadc/gadc.h - * - * @addtogroup GADC - * - * @brief Module to abstract the very variable ADC interfaces of the underlying systems - * - * @details The reason why ChibiOS/GFX has it's own ADC abstraction is because - * the Chibi-OS drivers are very CPU specific and do not - * provide a way across all hardware platforms to create periodic - * ADC conversions. There are also issues with devices with different - * characteristics or periodic requirements on the same ADC - * device (but different channels). This layer attempts to solve these - * problems to provide a architecture neutral API. It also provides extra - * features such as multi-buffer chaining for high speed ADC sources. - * It provides one high speed virtual ADC device (eg a microphone) and - * numerous low speed (less than 100Hz) virtual ADC devices (eg dials, - * temperature sensors etc). The high speed device has timer based polling - * to ensure exact conversion periods and a buffer management system. - * The low speed devices are assumed to be non-critical timing devices - * and do not have any buffer management. - * Note that while only one high speed device has been provided it can - * be used to read multiple physical ADC channels on the one physical - * ADC device. - * All callback routines are thread based unlike the Chibi-OS interrupt based - * routines. - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GADC_H -#define _GADC_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GADC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/* Include the driver defines */ -#include "gadc_lld_config.h" - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -// Event types for GADC -#define GEVENT_ADC (GEVENT_GADC_FIRST+0) - -/** - * @brief The High Speed ADC event structure. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GEventADC_t { - #if GFX_USE_GEVENT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief The type of this event (GEVENT_ADC) - */ - GEventType type; - #endif - - /** - * @brief The event flags - */ - uint16_t flags; - /** - * @brief The event flag values. - * @{ - */ - #define GADC_HSADC_LOSTEVENT 0x0001 /**< @brief The last GEVENT_HSDADC event was lost */ - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief The number of conversions in the buffer - */ - size_t count; - /** - * @brief The buffer containing the conversion samples - */ - adcsample_t *buffer; -} GEventADC; -/** @} */ - -/** - * @brief A callback function (executed in a thread context) for a low speed conversion - */ -typedef void (*GADCCallbackFunction)(adcsample_t *buffer, void *param); - -/** - * @brief A callback function (executed in an ISR context) for a high speed conversion - */ -typedef void (*GADCISRCallbackFunction)(adcsample_t *buffer, size_t size); - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise the high speed ADC. - * @details Initialises but does not start the conversions. - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. - * @param[in] frequency The frequency to create ADC conversions - * @param[in] buffer The static buffer to put the ADC samples into. - * @param[in] bufcount The total number of conversions that will fit in the buffer. - * @param[in] samplesPerEvent The number of conversions to do before returning an event. - * - * @note If the high speed ADC is running it will be stopped. The Event subsystem is - * disconnected from the high speed ADC and any binary semaphore event is forgotten. - * @note bufcount must be greater than countPerEvent (usually 2 or more times) otherwise - * the buffer will be overwritten with new data while the application is still trying - * to process the old data. - * @note Due to a bug/feature in Chibi-OS countPerEvent must be even. If bufcount is not - * evenly divisable by countPerEvent, the remainder must also be even. - * @note The physdev parameter may be used to turn on more than one ADC channel. - * Each channel is then interleaved into the provided buffer. Note 'bufcount' - * and 'countPerEvent' parameters describe the number of conversions not the - * number of samples. - * As an example, if physdev turns on 2 devices then the buffer contains - * alternate device samples and the buffer must contain 2 * bufcount samples. - * The exact meaning of physdev is hardware dependent. - * @note The buffer is circular. When the end of the buffer is reached it will start - * putting data into the beginning of the buffer again. - * @note The event listener must process the event (and the data in it) before the - * next event occurs. If not, the following event will be lost. - * @note If bufcount is evenly divisable by countPerEvent, then every event will return - * countPerEvent conversions. If bufcount is not evenly divisable, it will return - * a block of samples containing less than countPerEvent samples when it reaches the - * end of the buffer. - * @note While the high speed ADC is running, low speed conversions can only occur at - * the frequency of the high speed events. Thus if high speed events are - * being created at 50Hz (eg countPerEvent = 100, frequency = 5kHz) then the maximum - * frequency for low speed conversions will be 50Hz. - * - * @api - */ -void gadcHighSpeedInit(uint32_t physdev, uint32_t frequency, adcsample_t *buffer, size_t bufcount, size_t samplesPerEvent); - -#if GFX_USE_GEVENT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Turn on sending results to the GEVENT sub-system. - * @details Returns a GSourceHandle to listen for GEVENT_ADC events. - * - * @note The high speed ADC will not use the GEVENT system unless this is - * called first. This saves processing time if the application does - * not want to use the GEVENT sub-system for the high speed ADC. - * Once turned on it can only be turned off by calling @p gadcHighSpeedInit() again. - * @note The high speed ADC is capable of signalling via this method, an ISR callback and a - * binary semaphore at the same time. - * - * @return The GSourceHandle - * - * @api - */ - GSourceHandle gadcHighSpeedGetSource(void); -#endif - -/** - * @brief Allow retrieving of results from the high speed ADC using an ISR callback. - * - * @param[in] isrfn The callback function (called in an ISR context). - * - * @note Passing a NULL for isrfn will turn off signalling via this method as will calling - * @p gadcHighSpeedInit(). - * @note The high speed ADC is capable of signalling via this method, a binary semaphore and the GEVENT - * sub-system at the same time. - * - * @api - */ -void gadcHighSpeedSetISRCallback(GADCISRCallbackFunction isrfn); - -/** - * @brief Allow retrieving of results from the high speed ADC using a Binary Semaphore and a static event buffer. - * - * @param[in] pbsem The semaphore is signaled when data is available. - * @param[in] pEvent The static event buffer to place the result information. - * - * @note Passing a NULL for pbsem or pEvent will turn off signalling via this method as will calling - * @p gadcHighSpeedInit(). - * @note The high speed ADC is capable of signalling via this method, an ISR callback and the GEVENT - * sub-system at the same time. - * - * @api - */ -void gadcHighSpeedSetBSem(gfxSem *pbsem, GEventADC *pEvent); - -/** - * @brief Start the high speed ADC conversions. - * @pre It must have been initialised first with @p gadcHighSpeedInit() - * - * @api - */ -void gadcHighSpeedStart(void); - -/** - * @brief Stop the high speed ADC conversions. - * - * @api - */ -void gadcHighSpeedStop(void); - -/** - * @brief Perform a single low speed ADC conversion - * @details Blocks until the conversion is complete - * @pre This should not be called from within a GTimer callback as this routine - * blocks until the conversion is ready. - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. - * @param[in] buffer The static buffer to put the ADC samples into. - * - * @note This may take a while to complete if the high speed ADC is running as the - * conversion is interleaved with the high speed ADC conversions on a buffer - * completion. - * @note The result buffer must be large enough to store one sample per device - * described by the 'physdev' parameter. - * @note If calling this routine would exceed @p GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES simultaneous low - * speed devices, the routine will wait for an available slot to complete the - * conversion. - * @note Specifying more than one device in physdev is possible but discouraged as the - * calculations to ensure the high speed ADC correctness will be incorrect. Symptoms - * from over-running the high speed ADC include high speed samples being lost. - * - * @api - */ -void gadcLowSpeedGet(uint32_t physdev, adcsample_t *buffer); - -/** - * @brief Perform a low speed ADC conversion with callback (in a thread context) - * @details Returns FALSE if there are no free low speed ADC slots. See @p GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES for details. - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. - * @param[in] buffer The static buffer to put the ADC samples into. - * @param[in] fn The callback function to call when the conversion is complete. - * @param[in] param A parameter to pass to the callback function. - * - * @return FALSE if no free low speed ADC slots. - * - * @note This may be safely called from within a GTimer callback. - * @note The callback may take a while to occur if the high speed ADC is running as the - * conversion is interleaved with the high speed ADC conversions on a buffer - * completion. - * @note The result buffer must be large enough to store one sample per device - * described by the 'physdev' parameter. - * @note As this routine uses a low speed ADC, it asserts if you try to run more than @p GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES - * at the same time. - * @note Specifying more than one device in physdev is possible but discouraged as the - * calculations to ensure the high speed ADC correctness will be incorrect. Symptoms - * from over-running the high speed ADC include high speed samples being lost. - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gadcLowSpeedStart(uint32_t physdev, adcsample_t *buffer, GADCCallbackFunction fn, void *param); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GADC */ - -#endif /* _GADC_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h b/include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3de39d9a..00000000 --- a/include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gadc/lld/gadc_lld.h - * @brief GADC - Periodic ADC driver header file. - * - * @defgroup Driver Driver - * @ingroup GADC - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GADC_LLD_H -#define _GADC_LLD_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GADC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * @brief The structure passed to start a timer conversion - * @note We use the structure instead of parameters purely to save - * interrupt stack space which is very limited in some platforms. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GadcLldTimerData_t { - uint32_t physdev; /* @< A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. */ - adcsample_t *buffer; /* @< The static buffer to put the ADC samples into. */ - size_t count; /* @< The number of conversions to do before doing a callback and stopping the ADC. */ - bool_t now; /* @< Trigger the first conversion now rather than waiting for the first timer interrupt (if possible) */ - } GadcLldTimerData; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The structure passed to start a non-timer conversion - * @note We use the structure instead of parameters purely to save - * interrupt stack space which is very limited in some platforms. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GadcLldNonTimerData_t { - uint32_t physdev; /* @< A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. */ - adcsample_t *buffer; /* @< The static buffer to put the ADC samples into. */ - } GadcLldNonTimerData; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief These routines are the callbacks that the driver uses. - * @details Defined in the high level GADC code. - * - * @notapi - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @param[in] adcp The ADC driver - * @param[in] buffer The sample buffer - * @param[in] n The amount of samples - */ -extern void GADC_ISR_CompleteI(ADCDriver *adcp, adcsample_t *buffer, size_t n); - -/** - * @param[in] adcp The ADC driver - * @param[in] err ADC error - */ -extern void GADC_ISR_ErrorI(ADCDriver *adcp, adcerror_t err); -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @brief This can be incremented by the low level driver if a timer interrupt is missed. - * @details Defined in the high level GADC code. - * - * @notapi - */ -extern volatile bool_t GADC_Timer_Missed; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise the driver - * - * @api - */ -void gadc_lld_init(void); - -/** - * @brief Get the number of samples in a conversion. - * @details Calculates and returns the number of samples per conversion for the specified physdev. - * - * @note A physdev describing a mono device would return 1, a stereo device would return 2. - * For most ADC's physdev is a bitmap so it is only a matter of counting the bits. - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. - * - * @return Number of samples of the convesion - * @api - */ -size_t gadc_lld_samples_per_conversion(uint32_t physdev); - -/** - * @brief Start a periodic timer for high frequency conversions. - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels to use. - * @param[in] frequency The frequency to create ADC conversions - * - * @note The exact meaning of physdev is hardware dependent. It describes the channels - * the will be used later on when a "timer" conversion is actually scheduled. - * @note It is assumed that the timer is capable of free-running even when the ADC - * is stopped or doing something else. - * @details When a timer interrupt occurs a conversion should start if these is a "timer" conversion - * active. - * @note If the ADC is stopped, doesn't have a "timer" conversion active or is currently executing - * a non-timer conversion then the interrupt can be ignored other than (optionally) incrementing - * the GADC_Timer_Missed variable. - * - * @api - */ -void gadc_lld_start_timer(uint32_t physdev, uint32_t frequency); - -/** - * @brief Stop the periodic timer for high frequency conversions. - * @details Also stops any current "timer" conversion (but not a current "non-timer" conversion). - * - * @param[in] physdev A value passed to describe which physical ADC devices/channels in use. - * - * @note The exact meaning of physdev is hardware dependent. - * - * @api - */ -void gadc_lld_stop_timer(uint32_t physdev); - -/** - * @brief Start a "timer" conversion. - * @details Starts a series of conversions triggered by the timer. - * - * @param[in] pgtd Contains the parameters for the timer conversion. - * - * @note The exact meaning of physdev is hardware dependent. It is likely described in the - * drivers gadc_lld_config.h - * @note Some versions of ChibiOS actually call the callback function more than once, once - * at the half-way point and once on completion. The high level code handles this. - * @note The driver should call @p GADC_ISR_CompleteI() when it completes the operation - * (or at the half-way point), or @p GAD_ISR_ErrorI() on an error. - * @note The high level code ensures that this is not called while a non-timer conversion is in - * progress - * - * @iclass - */ -void gadc_lld_adc_timerI(GadcLldTimerData *pgtd); - -/** - * @brief Start a "non-timer" conversion. - * @details Starts a single conversion now. - * - * @param[in] pgntd Contains the parameters for the non-timer conversion. - * - * @note The exact meaning of physdev is hardware dependent. It is likely described in the - * drivers gadc_lld_config.h - * @note The driver should call @p GADC_ISR_CompleteI() when it completes the operation - * or @p GAD_ISR_ErrorI() on an error. - * @note The high level code ensures that this is not called while a timer conversion is in - * progress - * - * @iclass - */ -void gadc_lld_adc_nontimerI(GadcLldNonTimerData *pgntd); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GADC */ - -#endif /* _GADC_LLD_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gadc/options.h b/include/gadc/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9c3988fc..00000000 --- a/include/gadc/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gadc/options.h - * @brief GADC - Periodic ADC subsystem options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GADC - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GADC_OPTIONS_H -#define _GADC_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GADC Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - * - * @name GADC Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief The maximum GADC sample rate - * @details Defaults to 44000 - * @note This value must be less than half the maximum sample rate allowed by the CPU. - * This is to ensure there is time between high speed samples to perform low - * speed device sampling. - */ - #ifndef GADC_MAX_HIGH_SPEED_SAMPLERATE - #define GADC_MAX_HIGH_SPEED_SAMPLERATE 44000 - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GADC_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gaudin/gaudin.h b/include/gaudin/gaudin.h deleted file mode 100644 index c9150f6d..00000000 --- a/include/gaudin/gaudin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gaudin/gaudin.h - * - * @addtogroup GAUDIN - * - * @brief Module to read audio inputs (under development) - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GAUDIN_H -#define _GAUDIN_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GAUDIN || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/* Include the driver defines */ -#include "gaudin_lld_config.h" - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -// Event types for GAUDIN -#define GEVENT_AUDIO_IN (GEVENT_GAUDIN_FIRST+0) - -/** - * @brief The Audio Input event structure. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GEventAudioIn_t { - #if GFX_USE_GEVENT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief The type of this event (GEVENT_AUDIO_IN) - */ - GEventType type; - #endif - /** - * @brief The current channel - */ - uint16_t channel; - /** - * @brief The event flags - */ - uint16_t flags; - /** - * @brief The event flag values. - * @{ - */ - #define GADC_AUDIO_IN_LOSTEVENT 0x0001 /**< @brief The last GEVENT_AUDIO_IN event was lost */ - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief The number of audio samples in the buffer - */ - size_t count; - /** - * @brief The buffer containing the audio samples - */ - audin_sample_t *buffer; -} GEventAudioIn; -/** @} */ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise (but not start) the Audio Input Subsystem. - * @details Returns FALSE for an invalid channel or other invalid parameter. - * - * @param[in] channel The channel to convert. Can be set from 0 to GAUDIN_NUM_CHANNELS - 1. - * @param[in] frequency The sample frequency - * @param[in] buffer The static buffer to put the samples into. - * @param[in] bufcount The total number of conversions that will fit in the buffer. - * @param[in] samplesPerEvent The number of conversions to do before returning an event. - * - * @note Only one channel is active at a time. If an audio input is running it will be stopped. - * The Event subsystem is disconnected from the audio subsystem and any binary semaphore - * event is forgotten. - * @note Some channels may be stereo channels which return twice as much sample data with - * the left and right channel data interleaved. Other channels may be mono channels. - * Where stereo channels exist it would be common for the low level driver to also - * offer the left and right channels separately. - * @note Due to a bug in Chibi-OS countPerEvent must be even if using the GADC low level audio driver. - * If bufcount is not evenly divisable by countPerEvent, the remainder must also be even. - * This requirement may not apply to other GAUDIN drivers. - * @note The number of samples for stereo devices will be double the number of conversions. - * Make sure you allocate your buffers large enough. Each channel is then interleaved - * into the provided buffer. Note 'bufcount' and 'countPerEvent' parameters describe the - * number of conversions not the number of samples. - * @note The buffer is circular. When the end of the buffer is reached it will start - * putting data into the beginning of the buffer again. - * @note The event listener must process the event (and the data in it) before the - * next event occurs. If not, the following event will be lost. - * @note If bufcount is evenly divisable by countPerEvent, then every event will return - * countPerEvent conversions. If bufcount is not evenly divisable, it will return - * a block of samples containing less than countPerEvent samples when it reaches the - * end of the buffer. - * - * @return FALSE if invalid channel or parameter - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gaudinInit(uint16_t channel, uint32_t frequency, audin_sample_t *buffer, size_t bufcount, size_t samplesPerEvent); - -#if GFX_USE_GEVENT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Turn on sending results to the GEVENT sub-system. - * @details Returns a GSourceHandle to listen for GEVENT_AUDIO_IN events. - * - * @note The audio input will not use the GEVENT system unless this is - * called first. This saves processing time if the application does - * not want to use the GEVENT sub-system for audio input. - * Once turned on it can only be turned off by calling @p gadcHighSpeedInit() again. - * @note The audio input is capable of signalling via this method and a binary semaphore - * at the same time. - * - * @return The GSourceHandle - * - * @api - */ - GSourceHandle gaudinGetSource(void); -#endif - -/** - * @brief Allow retrieving of results from the audio input using a Binary Semaphore and a static event buffer. - * - * @param[in] pbsem The semaphore is signaled when data is available. - * @param[in] pEvent The static event buffer to place the result information. - * - * @note Passing a NULL for pbsem or pEvent will turn off signalling via this method. - * @note The audio input is capable of signalling via this method and the GEVENT - * sub-system at the same time. - * - * @api - */ -void gaudinSetBSem(gfxSem *pbsem, GEventAudioIn *pEvent); - -/** - * @brief Start the audio input conversions. - * @pre It must have been initialised first with @p gaudinInit() - * - * @api - */ -void gaudinStart(void); - -/** - * @brief Stop the audio input conversions. - * - * @api - */ -void gaudinStop(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GAUDIN */ - -#endif /* _GAUDIN_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h b/include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7c1919d3..00000000 --- a/include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gaudin/lld/gaudin_lld.h - * @brief GAUDIN - Audio Input driver header file. - * - * @defgroup Driver Driver - * @ingroup GAUDIN - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GAUDIN_LLD_H -#define _GAUDIN_LLD_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GAUDIN || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * @brief The structure passed to start a audio conversion - * @note We use the structure instead of parameters purely to save - * interrupt stack space which is very limited in some platforms. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct gaudin_params_t { - uint16_t channel; - uint32_t frequency; - audin_sample_t *buffer; - size_t bufcount; - size_t samplesPerEvent; - } gaudin_params; -/** @} */ - -/** - * @brief These routines are the callbacks that the driver uses. - * @details Defined in the high level GAUDIN code. - * - * @iclass - * @notapi - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @param[in] buffer The buffer - * @param[in] n The amount of samples - * */ -extern void GAUDIN_ISR_CompleteI(audin_sample_t *buffer, size_t n); - -extern void GAUDIN_ISR_ErrorI(void); -/** - * @} - */ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise the driver - * - * @param[in] paud Initialisation parameters - * - * @api - */ -void gaudin_lld_init(const gaudin_params *paud); - -/** - * @brief Start the audio input sampling - * - * @api - */ -void gadc_lld_start(void); - -/** - * @brief Stop the audio input sampling - * - * @api - */ -void gadc_lld_stop(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GADC */ - -#endif /* _GADC_LLD_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gaudin/options.h b/include/gaudin/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index a2c9ab5c..00000000 --- a/include/gaudin/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gaudin/options.h - * @brief GAUDIN - Audio Input subsystem options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GAUDIN - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GAUDIN_OPTIONS_H -#define _GAUDIN_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GAUDIN Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - * - * @name GAUDIN Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GAUDIN_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gaudout/gaudout.h b/include/gaudout/gaudout.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e89ccc2..00000000 --- a/include/gaudout/gaudout.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gaudout/gaudout.h - * - * @addtogroup GAUDOUT - * - * @brief Module to output audio data (under development) - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GAUDOUT_H -#define _GAUDOUT_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GAUDOUT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GAUDOUT */ - -#endif /* _GAUDOUT_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gaudout/options.h b/include/gaudout/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a42429e..00000000 --- a/include/gaudout/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gaudout/options.h - * @brief GAUDOUT - Audio Output subsystem options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GAUDOUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GAUDOUT_OPTIONS_H -#define _GAUDOUT_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GAUDOUT Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - * - * @name GAUDOUT Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GAUDOUT_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gdisp/colors.h b/include/gdisp/colors.h deleted file mode 100644 index efd7076c..00000000 --- a/include/gdisp/colors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gdisp/colors.h - * @brief GDISP color definitions header file. - * - * @defgroup Colors Colors - * @ingroup GDISP - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GDISP_COLORS_H -#define _GDISP_COLORS_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GDISP || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** - * For pixel formats we do some assignment of codes to enable - * format auto-calculation. (Undocumented). - * 0x2RGB TRUECOLOR RGB format, R = red bits, G = green bits, B = blue bits - * 0x3RGB TRUECOLOR BGR format, R = red bits, G = green bits, B = blue bits - * 0x40XX GRAYSCALE XX = bits - * 0x60XX PALLETTE XX = bits - * 0x8XXX CUSTOM format. - */ -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_MASK 0xF000 -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB 0x2000 -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR 0x3000 - -/** - * @brief Color Type Constants - * @{ - */ -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR 0x2000 -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE 0x4000 -#define GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_PALETTE 0x6000 -/** @} */ - -/** - * @brief Pixel Format Constants - * @{ - */ -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_MONO (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE|0x0001) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY4 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE|0x0002) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY16 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE|0x0004) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY256 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE|0x0008) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB565 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB|0x0565) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_BGR565 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR|0x0565) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB|0x0888) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR|0x0888) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB|0x0444) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_BGR444 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR|0x0444) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB332 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB|0x0332) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_BGR332 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR|0x0332) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB666 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB|0x0666) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_BGR666 (GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_BGR|0x0666) -#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_ERROR 0x0000 -/** @} */ - -/** - * @name Some basic colors - * @{ - */ -#define White HTML2COLOR(0xFFFFFF) -#define Black HTML2COLOR(0x000000) -#define Gray HTML2COLOR(0x808080) -#define Grey Gray -#define Blue HTML2COLOR(0x0000FF) -#define Red HTML2COLOR(0xFF0000) -#define Fuchsia HTML2COLOR(0xFF00FF) -#define Magenta Fuchsia -#define Green HTML2COLOR(0x008000) -#define Yellow HTML2COLOR(0xFFFF00) -#define Aqua HTML2COLOR(0x00FFFF) -#define Cyan Aqua -#define Lime HTML2COLOR(0x00FF00) -#define Maroon HTML2COLOR(0x800000) -#define Navy HTML2COLOR(0x000080) -#define Olive HTML2COLOR(0x808000) -#define Purple HTML2COLOR(0x800080) -#define Silver HTML2COLOR(0xC0C0C0) -#define Teal HTML2COLOR(0x008080) -#define Orange HTML2COLOR(0xFFA500) -#define Pink HTML2COLOR(0xFFC0CB) -#define SkyBlue HTML2COLOR(0x87CEEB) -/** @} */ - -#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief The color system (grayscale, palette or truecolor) - */ - #define COLOR_SYSTEM GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR - /** - * @brief The number of bits in a color value - */ - #define COLOR_BITS 16 - /** - * @brief The number of bits for each of red, green and blue - * @{ - */ - #define COLOR_BITS_R 5 - #define COLOR_BITS_G 6 - #define COLOR_BITS_B 5 - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief The number of bits to shift each of red, green and blue to put it in the correct place in the color - * @{ - */ - #define COLOR_SHIFT_R 11 - #define COLOR_SHIFT_G 5 - #define COLOR_SHIFT_B 0 - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief Does the color need masking to remove invalid bits - */ - #define COLOR_NEEDS_MASK FALSE - /** - * @brief If the color needs masking to remove invalid bits, this is the mask - */ - #define COLOR_MASK 0xFFFF - /** - * @brief The color type - * @{ - */ - #define COLOR_TYPE uint16_t - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief The number of bits in the color type (not necessarily the same as COLOR_BITS). - */ - #define COLOR_TYPE_BITS 16 - /** - * @brief Convert a luminance (0 to 255) into a color value. - * @note The word "Luma" is used instead of grey or gray due to the spelling ambiguities of the word grey - * @note This is not a weighted luminance conversion in the color tv style. - * @note @p LUMA2COLOR() uses a linear conversion (0.33R + 0.33G + 0.33B). Note this is different to color - * tv luminance (0.26126R + 0.7152G + 0.0722B), digital tv luminance of (0.299R + 0.587G + 0.114B), or - * @p LUMA_OF() which uses (0.25R + 0.5G + 0.25B). - */ - #define LUMA2COLOR(l) ((color_t)((((l) & 0xF8)<<8) | (((l) & 0xFC)<<3) | (((l) & 0xF8)>>3))) - /** - * @brief Convert red, green, blue (each 0 to 255) into a color value. - */ - #define RGB2COLOR(r,g,b) ((color_t)((((r) & 0xF8)<<8) | (((g) & 0xFC)<<3) | (((b) & 0xF8)>>3))) - /** - * @brief Convert a 6 digit HTML code (hex) into a color value. - */ - #define HTML2COLOR(h) ((color_t)((((h) & 0xF80000)>>8) | (((h) & 0x00FC00)>>5) | (((h) & 0x0000F8)>>3))) - /** - * @brief Extract the luma/red/green/blue component (0 to 255) of a color value. - * @note This uses quick and dirty bit shifting. If you want more exact colors - * use @p EXACT_RED_OF() etc which uses multiplies and divides. For constant - * colors using @p EXACT_RED_OF() is no more expensive because the compiler - * evaluates the arithmetic. - * @note @p LUMA_OF() returns a roughly weighted luminance (0.25R + 0.5G + 0.25B). Note this is - * different to @p LUMA2COLOR() which uses a linear conversion (0.33R + 0.33G + 0.33B) and - * color tv luminance of (0.26126R + 0.7152G + 0.0722B) and digital tv luminance of (0.299R + 0.587G + 0.114B). - * @note A 5 bit color component maximum value (0x1F) converts to 0xF8 (slightly off-color) - * @{ - */ - #define LUMA_OF(c) ((RED_OF(c)+((uint16_t)GREEN_OF(c)<<1)+BLUE_OF(c))>>2) - #define RED_OF(c) (((c) & 0xF800)>>8) - #define GREEN_OF(c) (((c)&0x007E)>>3) - #define BLUE_OF(c) (((c)&0x001F)<<3) - /** @} */ - /** - * @brief Extract the exact luma/red/green/blue component (0 to 255) of a color value. - * @note This uses multiplies and divides rather than bit shifting. - * This gives exact equivalent colors at the expense of more cpu intensive - * operations. Note for constants this is no more expensive than @p REF_OF() - * because the compiler evaluates the arithmetic. - * @note @p EXACT_LUMA_OF() returns a roughly weighted luminance (0.25R + 0.5G + 0.25B). Note this is - * different to @p LUMA2COLOR() which uses a linear conversion (0.33R + 0.33G + 0.33B) and - * color tv luminance of (0.26126R + 0.7152G + 0.0722B) and digital tv luminance of (0.299R + 0.587G + 0.114B). - * @note A 5 bit color component maximum value (0x1F) converts to 0xFF (the true equivalent color) - * @{ - */ - #define EXACT_LUMA_OF(c) ((EXACT_RED_OF(c)+((uint16_t)EXACT_GREEN_OF(c)<<1)+EXACT_BLUE_OF(c))>>2) - #define EXACT_RED_OF(c) (((((c)>>11)&0x1F)*255)/31) - #define EXACT_GREEN_OF(c) (((((c)>>5)&0x3F)*255)/63) - #define EXACT_BLUE_OF(c) (((((c)>>0)&0x1F)*255)/31) - /** @} */ -#endif - -/* - * We use this big mess of macros to calculate all the components - * to prevent user errors in the color definitions. It greatly simplifies - * the above definitions and ensures a consistent implementation. - */ - -//------------------------- -// True-Color color system -//------------------------- -#if GDISP_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR - #define COLOR_SYSTEM GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR - - // Calculate the number of bits - #define COLOR_BITS_R ((GDISP_PIXELFORMAT>>8) & 0x0F) - #define COLOR_BITS_G ((GDISP_PIXELFORMAT>>4) & 0x0F) - #define COLOR_BITS_B ((GDISP_PIXELFORMAT>>0) & 0x0F) - #define COLOR_BITS (COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_BITS_B) - - // From the number of bits determine COLOR_TYPE, COLOR_TYPE_BITS and masking - #if COLOR_BITS <= 8 - #define COLOR_TYPE uint8_t - #define COLOR_TYPE_BITS 8 - #elif COLOR_BITS <= 16 - #define COLOR_TYPE uint16_t - #define COLOR_TYPE_BITS 16 - #elif COLOR_BITS <= 32 - #define COLOR_TYPE uint32_t - #define COLOR_TYPE_BITS 32 - #else - #error "GDISP: Cannot define color types with more than 32 bits" - #endif - #if COLOR_TYPE_BITS == COLOR_BITS - #define COLOR_NEEDS_MASK FALSE - #else - #define COLOR_NEEDS_MASK TRUE - #endif - #define COLOR_MASK() ((1 << COLOR_BITS)-1) - - // Calculate the component bit shifts - #if (GDISP_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_MASK) == GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB - #define COLOR_SHIFT_R (COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_BITS_G) - #define COLOR_SHIFT_G COLOR_BITS_B - #define COLOR_SHIFT_B 0 - #else - #define COLOR_SHIFT_B (COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_BITS_G) - #define COLOR_SHIFT_G COLOR_BITS_R - #define COLOR_SHIFT_R 0 - #endif - - // Calculate RED_OF, GREEN_OF, BLUE_OF and RGB2COLOR - #if COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R == 8 - #define RED_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define RED_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_SHIFT_R-8)) - #define RGB2COLOR_R(r) (((COLOR_TYPE)((r) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_R))-1)))) << (COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_SHIFT_R-8)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R < 8 - #define RED_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_SHIFT_R))) - #endif - #if COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_SHIFT_G == 8 - #define GREEN_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define GREEN_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (COLOR_BITS_G+COLOR_SHIFT_G-8)) - #define RGB2COLOR_G(g) (((COLOR_TYPE)((g) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_G))-1)))) << (COLOR_BITS_G+COLOR_SHIFT_G-8)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_SHIFT_G < 8 - #define GREEN_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(COLOR_BITS_G+COLOR_SHIFT_G))) - #endif - #if COLOR_BITS_B + COLOR_SHIFT_B == 8 - #define BLUE_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define BLUE_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #define RGB2COLOR_B(b) (((COLOR_TYPE)((b) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_B))-1)))) << (COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_B + COLOR_SHIFT_B < 8 - #define BLUE_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_SHIFT_B))) - #endif - #define LUMA_OF(c) ((RED_OF(c)+((uint16_t)GREEN_OF(c)<<1)+BLUE_OF(c))>>2) - #define EXACT_RED_OF(c) (((uint16_t)(((c)>>COLOR_SHIFT_R)&((1<>COLOR_SHIFT_G)&((1<>COLOR_SHIFT_B)&((1<>2) - #define LUMA2COLOR(l) (RGB2COLOR_R(l) | RGB2COLOR_G(l) | RGB2COLOR_B(l)) - #define RGB2COLOR(r,g,b) (RGB2COLOR_R(r) | RGB2COLOR_G(g) | RGB2COLOR_B(b)) - - // Calculate HTML2COLOR - #if COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R == 24 - #define HTML2COLOR_R(h) ((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) - #elif COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R > 24 - #define HTML2COLOR_R(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) << (COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_SHIFT_R-24)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R < 24 - #define HTML2COLOR_R(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) >> (24-(COLOR_BITS_R+COLOR_SHIFT_R))) - #endif - #if COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_SHIFT_G == 16 - #define HTML2COLOR_G(h) ((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) - #elif COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_SHIFT_G > 16 - #define HTML2COLOR_G(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) << (COLOR_BITS_G+COLOR_SHIFT_G-16)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_G + COLOR_SHIFT_G < 16 - #define HTML2COLOR_G(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) >> (16-(COLOR_BITS_G+COLOR_SHIFT_G))) - #endif - #if COLOR_BITS_B + COLOR_SHIFT_B == 8 - #define HTML2COLOR_B(h) ((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_B))-1))) - #elif COLOR_BITS_B + COLOR_SHIFT_B > 8 - #define HTML2COLOR_B(h) (((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_B))-1))) << (COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_B + COLOR_SHIFT_B < 8 - #define HTML2COLOR_B(h) (((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-COLOR_BITS_B))-1))) >> (8-(COLOR_BITS_B+COLOR_SHIFT_B))) - #endif - #define HTML2COLOR(h) ((COLOR_TYPE)(HTML2COLOR_R(h) | HTML2COLOR_G(h) | HTML2COLOR_B(h))) - -//------------------------- -// Gray-scale color system -//------------------------- -#elif (GDISP_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_MASK) == GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE - #define COLOR_SYSTEM GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE - - // Calculate the number of bits and shifts - #define COLOR_BITS (GDISP_PIXELFORMAT & 0xFF) - #define COLOR_BITS_R COLOR_BITS - #define COLOR_BITS_G COLOR_BITS - #define COLOR_BITS_B COLOR_BITS - #define COLOR_SHIFT_R 0 - #define COLOR_SHIFT_G 0 - #define COLOR_SHIFT_B 0 - - // From the number of bits determine COLOR_TYPE, COLOR_TYPE_BITS and masking - #if COLOR_BITS <= 8 - #define COLOR_TYPE uint8_t - #define COLOR_TYPE_BITS 8 - #else - #error "GDISP: Cannot define gray-scale color types with more than 8 bits" - #endif - #if COLOR_TYPE_BITS == COLOR_BITS - #define COLOR_NEEDS_MASK FALSE - #else - #define COLOR_NEEDS_MASK TRUE - #endif - #define COLOR_MASK() ((1 << COLOR_BITS)-1) - - #if COLOR_BITS == 1 - #define RGB2COLOR(r,g,b) (((r)|(g)|(b)) ? 1 : 0) - #define LUMA2COLOR(l) ((l) ? 1 : 0) - #define HTML2COLOR(h) ((h) ? 1 : 0) - #define LUMA_OF(c) ((c) ? 255 : 0) - #define EXACT_LUMA_OF(c) LUMA_OF(c) - #else - // They eye is more sensitive to green - #define RGB2COLOR(r,g,b) ((COLOR_TYPE)(((uint16_t)(r)+(g)+(g)+(b)) >> (10-COLOR_BITS))) - #define LUMA2COLOR(l) ((COLOR_TYPE)((l)>>(8-COLOR_BITS))) - #define HTML2COLOR(h) ((COLOR_TYPE)(((((h)&0xFF0000)>>16)+(((h)&0x00FF00)>>7)+((h)&0x0000FF)) >> (10-COLOR_BITS))) - #define LUMA_OF(c) (((c) & ((1< 1, this must - * be explicitly defined and should ensure the best match - * with your hardware across all devices. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_PIXELFORMAT - #define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_ERROR - #endif - /** - * @brief Do pixels require packing for a blit - * @note Is only valid for a pixel format that doesn't fill it's datatype. eg formats: - * GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 - * GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 - * GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB666 - * GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_CUSTOM - * @note Very few cases should actually require packed pixels as the low - * level driver can also pack on the fly as it is sending it - * to the graphics device. - * @note Packed pixels are not really supported at this point. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_PACKED_PIXELS - #define GDISP_PACKED_PIXELS FALSE - #endif - - /** - * @brief Do lines of pixels require packing for a blit - * @note Ignored if GDISP_PACKED_PIXELS is FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_PACKED_LINES - #define GDISP_PACKED_LINES FALSE - #endif -/** @} */ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Defines related to the pixel format */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/* Load our color definitions and pixel formats */ -#include "colors.h" - -/** - * @brief The type of a pixel. - */ -typedef color_t pixel_t; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Base Functions */ - -/** - * @brief Blend 2 colors according to the alpha - * @return The combined color - * - * @param[in] fg The foreground color - * @param[in] bg The background color - * @param[in] alpha The alpha value (0-255). 0 is all background, 255 is all foreground. - * - * @api - */ -color_t gdispBlendColor(color_t fg, color_t bg, uint8_t alpha); - -/** - * @brief Get the specified display - * @return The pointer to the display or NULL if the display doesn't exist - * @note The GDISP variable contains the display used by the gdispXxxx routines - * as opposed to the gdispGXxxx routines which take an explicit display - * parameter. - * @note Displays are numbered from 0 to GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS - 1 - * - * @param[in] display The display number (0..n) - * - * @api - */ -GDisplay *gdispGetDisplay(unsigned display); - -/** - * @brief Set the current default display to the specified display - * @note The default display is used for the gdispXxxx functions. - * @note The default display is contained in the variable GDISP. Using - * this function to set it protects against it being set to a NULL - * value. - * @note If a NULL is passed for the dispay this call is ignored. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispSetDisplay(GDisplay *g); - -/* Drawing Functions */ - -/** - * @brief Flush current drawing operations to the display - * @note Some low level drivers do not update the display until - * the display is flushed. For others it is optional but can - * help prevent tearing effects. For some it is ignored. - * Calling it at the end of a logic set of drawing operations - * in your application will ensure controller portability. If you - * know your controller does not need to be flushed there is no - * need to call it (which is in reality most controllers). - * @note Even for displays that require flushing, there is no need to - * call this function if GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH is TRUE. - * Calling it again won't hurt though. - * - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGFlush(GDisplay *g); -#define gdispFlush() gdispGFlush(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Clear the display to the specified color. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] color The color to use when clearing the screen - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGClear(GDisplay *g, color_t color); -#define gdispClear(c) gdispGClear(GDISP, c) - -/** - * @brief Set a pixel in the specified color. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position to set the pixel. - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGDrawPixel(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, color_t color); -#define gdispDrawPixel(x,y,c) gdispGDrawPixel(GDISP,x,y,c) - -/** - * @brief Draw a line. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x0,y0 The start position - * @param[in] x1,y1 The end position - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGDrawLine(GDisplay *g, coord_t x0, coord_t y0, coord_t x1, coord_t y1, color_t color); -#define gdispDrawLine(x0,y0,x1,y1,c) gdispGDrawLine(GDISP,x0,y0,x1,y1,c) - -/** - * @brief Fill an area with a color. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGFillArea(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, color_t color); -#define gdispFillArea(x,y,cx,cy,c) gdispGFillArea(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,c) - -/** - * @brief Fill an area using the supplied bitmap. - * @details The bitmap is in the pixel format specified by the low level driver - * @note If a packed pixel format is used and the width doesn't - * match a whole number of bytes, the next line will start on a - * non-byte boundary (no end-of-line padding). - * @note If GDISP_NEED_ASYNC is defined then the buffer must be static - * or at least retained until this call has finished the blit. You can - * tell when all graphics drawing is finished by @p gdispIsBusy() going FALSE. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the filled area - * @param[in] srcx,srcy The bitmap position to start the fill form - * @param[in] srccx The width of a line in the bitmap - * @param[in] buffer The bitmap in the driver's pixel format - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGBlitArea(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t srcx, coord_t srcy, coord_t srccx, const pixel_t *buffer); -#define gdispBlitAreaEx(x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy,rx,b) gdispGBlitArea(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy,rx,b) - -/** - * @brief Draw a rectangular box. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ -void gdispGDrawBox(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, color_t color); -#define gdispDrawBox(x,y,cx,cy,c) gdispGDrawBox(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,c) - -/* Streaming Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_STREAMING || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Start a streaming operation. - * @details Stream data to a window on the display sequentially and very fast. - * @note While streaming is in operation - no other calls to GDISP functions - * can be made (with the exception of @p gdispBlendColor() and streaming - * functions). If a call is made (eg in a multi-threaded application) the other - * call is blocked waiting for the streaming operation to finish. - * @note @p gdispStreamStop() must be called to finish the streaming operation. - * @note If more data is written than the defined area then the results are unspecified. - * Some drivers may wrap back to the beginning of the area, others may just - * ignore subsequent data. - * @note Unlike most operations that clip the defined area to the display to generate - * a smaller active area, this call will just silently fail if any of the stream - * region lies outside the current clipping area. - * @note A streaming operation may be terminated early (without writing to every location - * in the stream area) by calling @p gdispStreamStop(). - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the streamable area - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGStreamStart(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy); - #define gdispStreamStart(x,y,cx,cy) gdispGStreamStart(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy) - - /** - * @brief Send pixel data to the stream. - * @details Write a pixel to the next position in the streamed area and increment the position - * @pre @p gdispStreamStart() has been called. - * @note If the gdispStreamStart() has not been called (or failed due to clipping), the - * data provided here is simply thrown away. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] color The color of the pixel to write - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGStreamColor(GDisplay *g, color_t color); - #define gdispStreamColor(c) gdispGStreamColor(GDISP,c) - - /** - * @brief Finish the current streaming operation. - * @details Completes the current streaming operation and allows other GDISP calls to operate again. - * @pre @p gdispStreamStart() has been called. - * @note If the gdispStreamStart() has not been called (or failed due to clipping), this - * call is simply ignored. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGStreamStop(GDisplay *g); - #define gdispStreamStop() gdispGStreamStop(GDISP) -#endif - -/* Clipping Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_CLIP || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Clip all drawing to the defined area. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the clip area - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGSetClip(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy); - #define gdispSetClip(x,y,cx,cy) gdispGSetClip(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy) -#endif - -/* Circle Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a circle. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The center of the circle - * @param[in] radius The radius of the circle - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawCircle(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawCircle(x,y,r,c) gdispGDrawCircle(GDISP,x,y,r,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a filled circle. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The center of the circle - * @param[in] radius The radius of the circle - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillCircle(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, color_t color); - #define gdispFillCircle(x,y,r,c) gdispGFillCircle(GDISP,x,y,r,c) -#endif - -/* Ellipse Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw an ellipse. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The center of the ellipse - * @param[in] a,b The dimensions of the ellipse - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawEllipse(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t a, coord_t b, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawEllipse(x,y,a,b,c) gdispGDrawEllipse(GDISP,x,y,a,b,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a filled ellipse. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The center of the ellipse - * @param[in] a,b The dimensions of the ellipse - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillEllipse(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t a, coord_t b, color_t color); - #define gdispFillEllipse(x,y,a,b,c) gdispGFillEllipse(GDISP,x,y,a,b,c) -#endif - -/* Arc Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_ARC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /* - * @brief Draw an arc. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x0,y0 The center point - * @param[in] radius The radius of the arc - * @param[in] start The start angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] end The end angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] color The color of the arc - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawArc(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, coord_t startangle, coord_t endangle, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawArc(x,y,r,s,e,c) gdispGDrawArc(GDISP,x,y,r,s,e,c) - - /* - * @brief Draw a filled arc. - * @note Not very efficient currently - does lots of overdrawing - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x0,y0 The center point - * @param[in] radius The radius of the arc - * @param[in] start The start angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] end The end angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] color The color of the arc - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillArc(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, coord_t startangle, coord_t endangle, color_t color); - #define gdispFillArc(x,y,r,s,e,c) gdispGFillArc(GDISP,x,y,r,s,e,c) -#endif - -/* Read a pixel Function */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Get the color of a pixel. - * @return The color of the pixel. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position of the pixel - * - * @api - */ - color_t gdispGGetPixelColor(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y); - #define gdispGetPixelColor(x,y) gdispGGetPixelColor(GDISP,x,y) -#endif - -/* Scrolling Function - clears the area scrolled out */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_SCROLL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Scroll vertically a section of the screen. - * @pre GDISP_NEED_SCROLL must be set to TRUE in gfxconf.h - * @note Optional. - * @note If lines is >= cy, it is equivelent to a area fill with bgcolor. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x, y The start of the area to be scrolled - * @param[in] cx, cy The size of the area to be scrolled - * @param[in] lines The number of lines to scroll (Can be positive or negative) - * @param[in] bgcolor The color to fill the newly exposed area. - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGVerticalScroll(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, int lines, color_t bgcolor); - #define gdispVerticalScroll(x,y,cx,cy,l,b) gdispGVerticalScroll(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,l,b) -#endif - -/* Set driver specific control */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Control hardware specific parts of the display. eg powermodes, backlight etc - * @note Depending on the hardware implementation this function may not - * support some codes. They will be ignored. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] what what you want to control - * @param[in] value The value to be assigned - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGControl(GDisplay *g, unsigned what, void *value); - #define gdispControl(w,v) gdispGControl(GDISP,w,v) -#endif - -/* Query driver specific data */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_QUERY || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Query a property of the display. - * @note The result must be typecast to the correct type. - * @note An unsupported query will return (void *)-1. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] what What to query - * - * @api - */ - void *gdispGQuery(GDisplay *g, unsigned what); - #define gdispQuery(w) gdispGQuery(GDISP,w) -#endif - -#if GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw an enclosed polygon (convex, non-convex or complex). - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] tx, ty Transform all points in pntarray by tx, ty - * @param[in] pntarray An array of points - * @param[in] cnt The number of points in the array - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawPoly(GDisplay *g, coord_t tx, coord_t ty, const point *pntarray, unsigned cnt, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawPoly(x,y,p,i,c) gdispGDrawPoly(GDISP,x,y,p,i,c) - - /** - * @brief Fill a convex polygon - * @details Doesn't handle non-convex or complex polygons. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] tx, ty Transform all points in pntarray by tx, ty - * @param[in] pntarray An array of points - * @param[in] cnt The number of points in the array - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @note Convex polygons are those that have no internal angles. That is; - * you can draw a line from any point on the polygon to any other point - * on the polygon without it going outside the polygon. In our case we generalise - * this a little by saying that an infinite horizontal line (at any y value) will cross - * no more than two edges on the polygon. Some non-convex polygons do fit this criteria - * and can therefore be drawn. - * @note This routine is designed to be very efficient with even simple display hardware. - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillConvexPoly(GDisplay *g, coord_t tx, coord_t ty, const point *pntarray, unsigned cnt, color_t color); - #define gdispFillConvexPoly(x,y,p,i,c) gdispGFillConvexPoly(GDISP,x,y,p,i,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a line with a specified thickness - * @details The line thickness is specified in pixels. The line ends can - * be selected to be either flat or round. - * @note Uses gdispGFillConvexPoly() internally to perform the drawing. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x0,y0 The start position - * @param[in] x1,y1 The end position - * @param[in] color The color to use - * @param[in] width The width of the line - * @param[in] round Use round ends for the line - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawThickLine(GDisplay *g, coord_t x0, coord_t y0, coord_t x1, coord_t y1, color_t color, coord_t width, bool_t round); - #define gdispDrawThickLine(x0,y0,x1,y1,c,w,r) gdispGDrawThickLine(GDISP,x0,y0,x1,y1,c,w,r) -#endif - -/* Text Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_TEXT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a text character. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawChar(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, uint16_t c, font_t font, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawChar(x,y,s,f,c) gdispGDrawChar(GDISP,x,y,s,f,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a text character with a filled background. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * @param[in] bgcolor The background color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillChar(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, uint16_t c, font_t font, color_t color, color_t bgcolor); - #define gdispFillChar(x,y,s,f,c,b) gdispGFillChar(GDISP,x,y,s,f,c,b) - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawString(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, const char *str, font_t font, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawString(x,y,s,f,c) gdispGDrawString(GDISP,x,y,s,f,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * @param[in] bgcolor The background color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillString(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, const char *str, font_t font, color_t color, color_t bgcolor); - #define gdispFillString(x,y,s,f,c,b) gdispGFillString(GDISP,x,y,s,f,c,b) - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string vertically centered within the specified box. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text (need to define top-right or base-line - check code) - * @param[in] cx,cy The width and height of the box - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * @param[in] justify Justify the text left, center or right within the box - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawStringBox(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, const char* str, font_t font, color_t color, justify_t justify); - #define gdispDrawStringBox(x,y,cx,cy,s,f,c,j) gdispGDrawStringBox(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,s,f,c,j) - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string vertically centered within the specified box. The box background is filled with the specified background color. - * @note The entire box is filled - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text (need to define top-right or base-line - check code) - * @param[in] cx,cy The width and height of the box - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * @param[in] color The color to use - * @param[in] bgColor The background color to use - * @param[in] justify Justify the text left, center or right within the box - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillStringBox(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, const char* str, font_t font, color_t color, color_t bgColor, justify_t justify); - #define gdispFillStringBox(x,y,cx,cy,s,f,c,b,j) gdispGFillStringBox(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,s,f,c,b,j) - - /** - * @brief Get a metric of a font. - * @return The metric requested in pixels. - * - * @param[in] font The font to test - * @param[in] metric The metric to measure - * - * @api - */ - coord_t gdispGetFontMetric(font_t font, fontmetric_t metric); - - /** - * @brief Get the pixel width of a character. - * @return The width of the character in pixels. Does not include any between character padding. - * - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * @param[in] font The font to use - * - * @api - */ - coord_t gdispGetCharWidth(char c, font_t font); - - /** - * @brief Get the pixel width of a string. - * @return The width of the string in pixels. - * - * @param[in] str The string to measure - * @param[in] font The font to use - * - * @api - */ - coord_t gdispGetStringWidth(const char* str, font_t font); - - /** - * @brief Find a font and return it. - * @details The supplied name is matched against the font name. A '*' will replace 0 or more characters. - * @return Returns a font or NULL if no matching font could be found. - * - * @param[in] name The font name to find. - * - * @note Wildcard matching will match the shortest possible match. - * - * @api - */ - font_t gdispOpenFont(const char *name); - - /** - * @brief Release a font after use. - * - * @param[in] font The font to release. - * - * @api - */ - void gdispCloseFont(font_t font); - - /** - * @brief Make a scaled copy of an existing font. - * @details Allocates memory for new font metadata using gfxAlloc, remember to close font after use! - * @return A new font or NULL if out of memory. - * - * @param[in] font The base font to use. - * @param[in] scale_x The scale factor in horizontal direction. - * @param[in] scale_y The scale factor in vertical direction. - */ - font_t gdispScaleFont(font_t font, uint8_t scale_x, uint8_t scale_y); - - /** - * @brief Get the name of the specified font. - * @returns The name of the font. - * - * @param[in] font The font to get the name for. - * - * @api - */ - const char *gdispGetFontName(font_t font); -#endif - -/* Extra Arc Functions */ - -#if GDISP_NEED_ARC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a rectangular box with rounded corners - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * @param[in] radius The radius of the rounded corners - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGDrawRoundedBox(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t radius, color_t color); - #define gdispDrawRoundedBox(x,y,cx,cy,r,c) gdispGDrawRoundedBox(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,r,c) - - /** - * @brief Draw a filled rectangular box with rounded corners - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * @param[in] radius The radius of the rounded corners - * @param[in] color The color to use - * - * @api - */ - void gdispGFillRoundedBox(GDisplay *g, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t radius, color_t color); - #define gdispFillRoundedBox(x,y,cx,cy,r,c) gdispGFillRoundedBox(GDISP,x,y,cx,cy,r,c) -#endif - -/* - * Macro definitions - */ - -/* Now obsolete functions */ -#define gdispBlitArea(x, y, cx, cy, buffer) gdispGBlitArea(GDISP, x, y, cx, cy, 0, 0, cx, buffer) - -/* Macro definitions for common gets and sets */ - -/** - * @brief Set the display power mode. - * @note Ignored if not supported by the display. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] powerMode The new power mode - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGSetPowerMode(g, powerMode) gdispGControl((g), GDISP_CONTROL_POWER, (void *)(unsigned)(powerMode)) -#define gdispSetPowerMode(powerMode) gdispGControl(GDISP, GDISP_CONTROL_POWER, (void *)(unsigned)(powerMode)) - -/** - * @brief Set the display orientation. - * @note Ignored if not supported by the display. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] newOrientation The new orientation - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGSetOrientation(g, newOrientation) gdispGControl((g), GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION, (void *)(unsigned)(newOrientation)) -#define gdispSetOrientation(newOrientation) gdispGControl(GDISP, GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION, (void *)(unsigned)(newOrientation)) - -/** - * @brief Set the display backlight. - * @note Ignored if not supported by the display. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] percent The new brightness (0 - 100%) - * - * @note For displays that only support backlight off and on, - * 0 = off, anything else = on - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGSetBacklight(g, percent) gdispGControl((g), GDISP_CONTROL_BACKLIGHT, (void *)(unsigned)(percent)) -#define gdispSetBacklight(percent) gdispGControl(GDISP, GDISP_CONTROL_BACKLIGHT, (void *)(unsigned)(percent)) - -/** - * @brief Set the display contrast. - * @note Ignored if not supported by the display. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * @param[in] percent The new contrast (0 - 100%) - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGSetContrast(g, percent) gdispGControl((g), GDISP_CONTROL_CONTRAST, (void *)(unsigned)(percent)) -#define gdispSetContrast(percent) gdispGControl(GDISP, GDISP_CONTROL_CONTRAST, (void *)(unsigned)(percent)) - -/** - * @brief Get the display width in pixels. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetWidth(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Width) -#define gdispGetWidth() gdispGGetWidth(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Get the display height in pixels. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetHeight(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Height) -#define gdispGetHeight() gdispGGetHeight(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Get the current display power mode. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetPowerMode(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Powermode) -#define gdispGetPowerMode() gdispGGetPowerMode(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Get the current display orientation. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetOrientation(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Orientation) -#define gdispGetOrientation() gdispGGetOrientation(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Get the current display backlight brightness. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetBacklight(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Backlight) -#define gdispGetBacklight() gdispGGetBacklight(GDISP) - -/** - * @brief Get the current display contrast. - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGGetContrast(g) (((GDISPControl *)(g))->Contrast) -#define gdispGetContrast() gdispGGetContrast(GDISP) - -/* More interesting macro's */ - -/** - * @brief Reset the clip area to the full screen - * - * @param[in] g The display to use - * - * @api - */ -#define gdispGUnsetClip(g) gdispGSetClip((g),0,0,gdispGGetWidth(g),gdispGGetHeight(g)) -#define gdispUnsetClip() gdispGUnsetClip(GDISP) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#if GDISP_NEED_IMAGE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gdisp/image.h" -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GDISP */ - -#endif /* _GDISP_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gdisp/image.h b/include/gdisp/image.h deleted file mode 100644 index 607f1007..00000000 --- a/include/gdisp/image.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gdisp/image.h - * @brief GDISP image header file. - * - * @defgroup Image Image - * @ingroup GDISP - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GDISP_IMAGE_H -#define _GDISP_IMAGE_H -#if (GFX_USE_GDISP && GDISP_NEED_IMAGE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** - * @brief The type of image - */ -typedef uint16_t gdispImageType; - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_NATIVE 1 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_GIF 2 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_BMP 3 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_JPG 4 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_TYPE_PNG 5 - -/** - * @brief An image error code - */ -typedef uint16_t gdispImageError; - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK 0 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE 0x8000 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_BADFORMAT (GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE+1) - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_BADDATA (GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE+2) - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNSUPPORTED (GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE+3) - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_OK 3 - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_NOMEMORY (GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE+4) - #define GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_NOSUCHFILE (GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE+5) - -/** - * @brief Image flags - */ -typedef uint16_t gdispImageFlags; - #define GDISP_IMAGE_FLG_TRANSPARENT 0x0001 /* The image has transparency */ - #define GDISP_IMAGE_FLG_ANIMATED 0x0002 /* The image has animation */ - #define GDISP_IMAGE_FLG_MULTIPAGE 0x0004 /* The image has multiple pages */ - -struct gdispImageIO; - -/** - * @brief An image IO close function - * - * @param[in] pio Pointer to the io structure - * @param[in] desc The descriptor. A filename or an image structure pointer. - * - */ -typedef void (*gdispImageIOCloseFn)(struct gdispImageIO *pio); - -/** - * @brief An image IO read function - * @returns The number of bytes actually read or 0 on error - * - * @param[in] pio Pointer to the io structure - * @param[in] buf Where the results should be placed - * @param[in] len The number of bytes to read - * - */ -typedef size_t (*gdispImageIOReadFn)(struct gdispImageIO *pio, void *buf, size_t len); - -/** - * @brief An image IO seek function - * - * @param[in] pio Pointer to the io structure - * @param[in] pos Which byte to seek to relative to the start of the "file". - * - */ -typedef void (*gdispImageIOSeekFn)(struct gdispImageIO *pio, size_t pos); - -typedef struct gdispImageIOFunctions { - gdispImageIOReadFn read; /* @< The function to read input */ - gdispImageIOSeekFn seek; /* @< The function to seek input */ - gdispImageIOCloseFn close; /* @< The function to close input */ - } gdispImageIOFunctions; - -/** - * @brief The structure defining the IO routines for image handling - */ -typedef struct gdispImageIO { - const void * fd; /* @< The "file" descriptor */ - size_t pos; /* @< The current "file" position */ - const gdispImageIOFunctions *fns; /* @< The current "file" functions */ -} gdispImageIO; - -/** - * @brief The structure for an image - */ -typedef struct gdispImage { - gdispImageType type; /* @< The image type */ - gdispImageFlags flags; /* @< The image flags */ - color_t bgcolor; /* @< The default background color */ - coord_t width, height; /* @< The image dimensions */ - GFILE * f; /* @< The underlying GFILE */ - #if GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING - uint32_t memused; /* @< How much RAM is currently allocated */ - uint32_t maxmemused; /* @< How much RAM has been allocated (maximum) */ - #endif - const struct gdispImageHandlers * fns; /* @< Don't mess with this! */ - struct gdispImagePrivate * priv; /* @< Don't mess with this! */ -} gdispImage; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /* - * Deprecated Functions. - */ - gdispImageError DEPRECATED("Use gdispImageOpenGFile() instead") gdispImageOpen(gdispImage *img); - bool_t DEPRECATED("Use gdispImageOpenMemory() instead") gdispImageSetMemoryReader(gdispImage *img, const void *memimage); - #if GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - bool_t DEPRECATED("Use gdispImageOpenBaseFileStream() instead") gdispImageSetBaseFileStreamReader(gdispImage *img, void *BaseFileStreamPtr); - #endif - #if defined(WIN32) || GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 || GFX_USE_OS_LINUX || GFX_USE_OS_OSX - bool_t DEPRECATED("Please use gdispImageOpenFile() instead") gdispImageSetFileReader(gdispImage *img, const char *filename); - #define gdispImageSetSimulFileReader(img, fname) gdispImageSetFileReader(img, fname) - #endif - - /** - * @brief Open an image using an open GFILE and get it ready for drawing - * @details Determine the image format and get ready to decode the first image frame - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] f The open GFILE stream. - * - * @pre The GFILE must be open for reading. - * - * @note This determines which decoder to use and then initialises all other fields - * in the gdispImage structure. - * @note The image background color is set to White. - * @note There are three types of return - everything OK, partial success and unrecoverable - * failures. For everything OK it returns GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK. A partial success can - * be distinguished from a unrecoverable failure by testing the GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNRECOVERABLE - * bit in the error code. - * A partial success return code means an image can still be drawn but perhaps with - * reduced functionality eg only the first page of a multi-page image. - * @note @p gdispImageClose() should be called when finished with the image. This will close - * the image and its underlying GFILE file. Note that images opened with partial success - * (eg GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_OK) - * still need to be closed when you are finished with them. - */ - gdispImageError gdispImageOpenGFile(gdispImage *img, GFILE *f); - - /** - * @brief Open an image in a file and get it ready for drawing - * @details Determine the image format and get ready to decode the first image frame - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @pre You must have included the file-system support into GFILE that you want to use. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] filename The filename to open - * - * @note This function just opens the GFILE using the filename and passes it to @p gdispImageOpenGFile(). - */ - #define gdispImageOpenFile(img, filename) gdispImageOpenGFile((img), gfileOpen((filename), "rb")) - - /** - * @brief Open an image in a ChibiOS basefilestream and get it ready for drawing - * @details Determine the image format and get ready to decode the first image frame - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @pre GFILE_NEED_CHIBIOSFS and GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS must be TRUE. This only makes sense on the ChibiOS - * operating system. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] BaseFileStreamPtr A pointer to an open BaseFileStream - * - * @note This function just opens the GFILE using the basefilestream and passes it to @p gdispImageOpenGFile(). - */ - #define gdispImageOpenBaseFileStream(img, BaseFileStreamPtr) gdispImageOpenGFile((img), gfileOpenBaseFileStream((BaseFileStreamPtr), "rb")) - - /** - * @brief Open an image in memory and get it ready for drawing - * @details Determine the image format and get ready to decode the first image frame - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @pre GFILE_NEED_MEMFS must be TRUE - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] ptr A pointer to the image bytes in memory - * - * @note This function just opens the GFILE using the basefilestream and passes it to @p gdispImageOpenGFile(). - */ - #define gdispImageOpenMemory(img, ptr) gdispImageOpenGFile((img), gfileOpenMemory((void *)(ptr), "rb")) - - /** - * @brief Close an image and release any dynamically allocated working storage. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * - * @pre gdispImageOpenFile() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note Also calls the IO close function (if it hasn't already been called). - */ - void gdispImageClose(gdispImage *img); - - /** - * @brief Is an image open. - * @return TRUE if the image is currently open. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * - * @note Be careful with calling this on an uninitialized image structure as the image - * will contain random data which may be interpreted as meaning the image - * is open. Clearing the Image structure to 0's will guarantee the image - * is seen as being closed. - */ - bool_t gdispImageIsOpen(gdispImage *img); - - /** - * @brief Set the background color of the image. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] bgcolor The background color to use - * - * @pre gdispImageOpen() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note This color is only used when an image has to restore part of the background before - * continuing with drawing that includes transparency eg some GIF animations. - */ - void gdispImageSetBgColor(gdispImage *img, color_t bgcolor); - - /** - * @brief Cache the image - * @details Decodes and caches the current frame into RAM. - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * - * @pre gdispImageOpen() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note This can use a LOT of RAM! - * @note The decoder may choose to ignore the request for caching. If it does so it will - * return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_UNSUPPORTED_OK. - * @note A fatal error here does not necessarily mean that drawing the image will fail. For - * example, a GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_NOMEMORY error simply means there isn't enough RAM to - * cache the image. - */ - gdispImageError gdispImageCache(gdispImage *img); - - /** - * @brief Draw the image - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @param[in] g The display to draw on - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] x,y The screen location to draw the image - * @param[in] cx,cy The area on the screen to draw - * @param[in] sx,sy The image position to start drawing at - * - * @pre gdispImageOpen() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note If sx,sy + cx,cy is outside the image boundaries the area outside the image - * is simply not drawn. - * @note If @p gdispImageCache() has been called first for this frame, this routine will draw using a - * fast blit from the cached frame. If not, it reads the input and decodes it as it - * is drawing. This may be significantly slower than if the image has been cached (but - * uses a lot less RAM) - */ - gdispImageError gdispGImageDraw(GDisplay *g, gdispImage *img, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t sx, coord_t sy); - #define gdispImageDraw(img,x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy) gdispGImageDraw(GDISP,img,x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy) - - /** - * @brief Prepare for the next frame/page in the image file. - * @return A time in milliseconds to keep displaying the current frame before trying to draw - * the next frame. Watch out for the special values TIME_IMMEDIATE and TIME_INFINITE. - * - * @param[in] img The image structure - * - * @pre gdispImageOpen() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note It will return TIME_IMMEDIATE if the first frame/page hasn't been drawn or if the next frame - * should be drawn immediately. - * @note It will return TIME_INFINITE if another image frame doesn't exist or an error has occurred. - * @note Images that support multiple pages (eg TIFF files) will return TIME_IMMEDIATE between pages - * and then TIME_INFINITE when there are no more pages. - * @note An image that displays a looped animation will never return TIME_INFINITE unless it - * gets an error. - * @note Calling gdispImageDraw() after getting a TIME_INFINITE will go back to drawing the first - * frame/page. - */ - delaytime_t gdispImageNext(gdispImage *img); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GDISP && GDISP_NEED_IMAGE */ -#endif /* _GDISP_IMAGE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h b/include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h deleted file mode 100644 index e4f9ece2..00000000 --- a/include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,873 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gdisp/lld/gdisp_lld.h - * @brief GDISP Graphic Driver subsystem low level driver header. - * - * @addtogroup GDISP - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_H -#define _GDISP_LLD_H - -#if GFX_USE_GDISP // || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Error checks. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 && !defined(GDISP_DRIVER_VMT) - #define HARDWARE_AUTODETECT 2 - #define HARDWARE_DEFAULT HARDWARE_AUTODETECT -#else - #define HARDWARE_AUTODETECT 2 - #define HARDWARE_DEFAULT FALSE -#endif - -/** - * @name GDISP hardware accelerated support - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief The display hardware can benefit from being flushed. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note Some controllers ** require ** the application to flush - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware streaming writing is supported. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note Either GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE or GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL must be provided by each driver - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware streaming reading of the display surface is supported. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware supports setting the cursor position within the stream window. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note This is used to optimise setting of individual pixels within a stream window. - * It should therefore not be implemented unless it is cheaper than just setting - * a new window. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware accelerated draw pixel. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note Either GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE or GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL must be provided by the driver - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware accelerated screen clears. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note This clears the entire display surface regardless of the clipping area currently set - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware accelerated rectangular fills. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware accelerated fills from an image. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Hardware accelerated scrolling. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief Reading back of pixel values. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief The driver supports one or more control commands. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief The driver supports a non-standard query. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif - - /** - * @brief The driver supports a clipping in hardware. - * @details Can be set to TRUE, FALSE or HARDWARE_AUTODETECT - * - * @note HARDWARE_AUTODETECT is only meaningful when GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - * @note If this is defined the driver must perform its own clipping on all calls to - * the driver and respond appropriately if a parameter is outside the display area. - * @note If this is not defined then the software ensures that all calls to the - * driver do not exceed the display area (provided GDISP_NEED_CLIP or GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION - * has been set). - */ - #ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP HARDWARE_DEFAULT - #endif -/** @} */ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -struct GDisplay { - // The public GDISP stuff - must be the first element - GDISPControl g; - - #if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - const struct GDISPVMT const * vmt; // The Virtual Method Table - #endif - - void * priv; // A private area just for the drivers use. - void * board; // A private area just for the board interfaces use. - - uint8_t systemdisplay; - uint8_t controllerdisplay; - uint16_t flags; - #define GDISP_FLG_INSTREAM 0x0001 // We are in a user based stream operation - #define GDISP_FLG_SCRSTREAM 0x0002 // The stream area currently covers the whole screen - #define GDISP_FLG_DRIVER 0x0004 // This flags and above are for use by the driver - - // Multithread Mutex - #if GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - gfxMutex mutex; - #endif - - // Software clipping - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP != TRUE && (GDISP_NEED_CLIP || GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION) - coord_t clipx0, clipy0; - coord_t clipx1, clipy1; /* not inclusive */ - #endif - - // Driver call parameters - struct { - coord_t x, y; - coord_t cx, cy; - coord_t x1, y1; - coord_t x2, y2; - color_t color; - void *ptr; - } p; - - // In call working buffers - - #if GDISP_NEED_TEXT - // Text rendering parameters - struct { - font_t font; - color_t color; - color_t bgcolor; - coord_t clipx0, clipy0; - coord_t clipx1, clipy1; - } t; - #endif - #if GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE != 0 && ((GDISP_NEED_SCROLL && !GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL) || (!GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE && GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS)) - // A pixel line buffer - color_t linebuf[GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE]; - #endif - -}; - -#if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS == 1 || defined(GDISP_DRIVER_VMT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - #define LLDSPEC static - #else - #define LLDSPEC - #endif - - #ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { - #endif - - /** - * @brief Initialize the driver. - * @return TRUE if successful. - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[out] g->g The driver must fill in the GDISPControl structure - */ - LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g); - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Flush the current drawing operations to the display - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Start a streamed write operation - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note g->p.x,g->p.y The window position - * @note g->p.cx,g->p.cy The window size - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - * @note Streaming operations that wrap the defined window have - * undefined results. - * @note This must be followed by a call to @p gdisp_lld_write_pos() if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS is TRUE. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_write_start(GDisplay *g); - - /** - * @brief Send a pixel to the current streaming position and then increment that position - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note g->p.color The color to display at the curent position - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_write_color(GDisplay *g); - - /** - * @brief End the current streaming write operation - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_write_stop(GDisplay *g); - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Change the current position within the current streaming window - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS is TRUE and GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The new position (which will always be within the existing stream window) - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_write_pos(GDisplay *g); - #endif - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Start a streamed read operation - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The window position - * @param[in] g->p.cx,g->p.cy The window size - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - * @note Streaming operations that wrap the defined window have - * undefined results. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_read_start(GDisplay *g); - - /** - * @brief Read a pixel from the current streaming position and then increment that position - * @return The color at the current position - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_read_color(GDisplay *g); - - /** - * @brief End the current streaming operation - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_read_stop(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a pixel - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The pixel position - * @param[in] g->p.color The color to set - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Clear the screen using the defined color - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.color The color to set - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_clear(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Fill an area with a single color - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The area position - * @param[in] g->p.cx,g->p.cy The area size - * @param[in] g->p.color The color to set - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_fill_area(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Fill an area using a bitmap - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS is TRUE - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The area position - * @param[in] g->p.cx,g->p.cy The area size - * @param[in] g->p.x1,g->p.y1 The starting position in the bitmap - * @param[in] g->p.x2 The width of a bitmap line - * @param[in] g->p.ptr The pointer to the bitmap - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_blit_area(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Read a pixel from the display - * @return The color at the defined position - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD is TRUE (and the application needs it) - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The pixel position - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if (GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL && GDISP_NEED_SCROLL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Scroll an area of the screen - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL is TRUE (and the application needs it) - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The area position - * @param[in] g->p.cx,g->p.cy The area size - * @param[in] g->p.y1 The number of lines to scroll (positive or negative) - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - * @note This can be easily implemented if the hardware supports - * display area to display area copying. - * @note Clearing the exposed area on the scroll operation is not - * needed as the high level code handles this. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_vertical_scroll(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if (GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL && GDISP_NEED_CONTROL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Control some feature of the hardware - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL is TRUE (and the application needs it) - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x The operation to perform - * @param[in] g->p.ptr The operation parameter - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #if (GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY && GDISP_NEED_QUERY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Query some feature of the hardware - * @return The information requested (typecast as void *) - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY is TRUE (and the application needs it) - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x What to query - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void *gdisp_lld_query(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x (=what); - #endif - - #if (GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP && (GDISP_NEED_CLIP || GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Set the hardware clipping area - * @pre GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP is TRUE (and the application needs it) - * - * @param[in] g The driver structure - * @param[in] g->p.x,g->p.y The area position - * @param[in] g->p.cx,g->p.cy The area size - * - * @note The parameter variables must not be altered by the driver. - */ - LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_set_clip(GDisplay *g); - #endif - - #ifdef __cplusplus - } - #endif -#endif // GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS == 1 || defined(GDISP_DRIVER_VMT) - - -#if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - - typedef struct GDISPVMT { - bool_t (*init)(GDisplay *g); - void (*writestart)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy - void (*writepos)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y - void (*writecolor)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.color - void (*writestop)(GDisplay *g); // Uses no parameters - void (*readstart)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy - color_t (*readcolor)(GDisplay *g); // Uses no parameters - void (*readstop)(GDisplay *g); // Uses no parameters - void (*pixel)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.color - void (*clear)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.color - void (*fill)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy p.color - void (*blit)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy p.x1,p.y1 (=srcx,srcy) p.x2 (=srccx), p.ptr (=buffer) - color_t (*get)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y - void (*vscroll)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy, p.y1 (=lines) p.color - void (*control)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x (=what) p.ptr (=value) - void *(*query)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x (=what); - void (*setclip)(GDisplay *g); // Uses p.x,p.y p.cx,p.cy - void (*flush)(GDisplay *g); // Uses no parameters - } GDISPVMT; - - #if defined(GDISP_DRIVER_VMT) - #if !GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE && !GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL - #error "GDISP Driver: Either GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE or GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL must be TRUE" - #endif - const GDISPVMT const GDISP_DRIVER_VMT[1] = {{ - gdisp_lld_init, - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH - gdisp_lld_flush, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE - gdisp_lld_write_start, - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS - gdisp_lld_write_pos, - #else - 0, - #endif - gdisp_lld_write_color, - gdisp_lld_write_stop, - #else - 0, 0, 0, 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ - gdisp_lld_read_start, - gdisp_lld_read_color, - gdisp_lld_read_stop, - #else - 0, 0, 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL - gdisp_lld_draw_pixel, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS - gdisp_lld_clear, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS - gdisp_lld_fill_area, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS - gdisp_lld_blit_area, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD - gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL && GDISP_NEED_SCROLL - gdisp_lld_vertical_scroll, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL && GDISP_NEED_CONTROL - gdisp_lld_control, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY && GDISP_NEED_QUERY - gdisp_lld_query, - #else - 0, - #endif - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP && (GDISP_NEED_CLIP || GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION) - gdisp_lld_set_clip, - #else - 0, - #endif - }}; - - #else - #define gdisp_lld_init(g) g->vmt->init(g) - #define gdisp_lld_flush(g) g->vmt->flush(g) - #define gdisp_lld_write_start(g) g->vmt->writestart(g) - #define gdisp_lld_write_pos(g) g->vmt->writepos(g) - #define gdisp_lld_write_color(g) g->vmt->writecolor(g) - #define gdisp_lld_write_stop(g) g->vmt->writestop(g) - #define gdisp_lld_read_start(g) g->vmt->readstart(g) - #define gdisp_lld_read_color(g) g->vmt->readcolor(g) - #define gdisp_lld_read_stop(g) g->vmt->readstop(g) - #define gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(g) g->vmt->pixel(g) - #define gdisp_lld_clear(g) g->vmt->clear(g) - #define gdisp_lld_fill_area(g) g->vmt->fill(g) - #define gdisp_lld_blit_area(g) g->vmt->blit(g) - #define gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(g) g->vmt->get(g) - #define gdisp_lld_vertical_scroll(g) g->vmt->vscroll(g) - #define gdisp_lld_control(g) g->vmt->control(g) - #define gdisp_lld_query(g) g->vmt->query(g) - #define gdisp_lld_set_clip(g) g->vmt->setclip(g) - #endif // GDISP_LLD_DECLARATIONS - -#endif // GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - -/* Verify information for packed pixels and define a non-packed pixel macro */ -#if !GDISP_PACKED_PIXELS - #define gdispPackPixels(buf,cx,x,y,c) { ((color_t *)(buf))[(y)*(cx)+(x)] = (c); } -#elif !GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS - #error "GDISP: packed pixel formats are only supported for hardware accelerated drivers." -#elif GDISP_PIXELFORMAT != GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 \ - && GDISP_PIXELFORMAT != GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 \ - && GDISP_PIXELFORMAT != GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB666 \ - && GDISP_PIXELFORMAT != GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_CUSTOM - #error "GDISP: A packed pixel format has been specified for an unsupported pixel format." -#endif - -/* Support routine for packed pixel formats */ -#if !defined(gdispPackPixels) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Pack a pixel into a pixel buffer. - * @note This function performs no buffer boundary checking - * regardless of whether GDISP_NEED_CLIP has been specified. - * - * @param[in] buf The buffer to put the pixel in - * @param[in] cx The width of a pixel line - * @param[in] x, y The location of the pixel to place - * @param[in] color The color to put into the buffer - * - * @api - */ - void gdispPackPixels(const pixel_t *buf, coord_t cx, coord_t x, coord_t y, color_t color); -#endif - -/* Low level driver pixel format information */ -//------------------------- -// True-Color color system -//------------------------- -#if GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR - #define LLDCOLOR_SYSTEM GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_TRUECOLOR - - // Calculate the number of bits - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_R ((GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT>>8) & 0x0F) - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_G ((GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT>>4) & 0x0F) - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_B ((GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT>>0) & 0x0F) - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS (LLDCOLOR_BITS_R + LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_BITS_B) - - // From the number of bits determine COLOR_TYPE, COLOR_TYPE_BITS and masking - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS <= 8 - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE uint8_t - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS 8 - #elif LLDCOLOR_BITS <= 16 - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE uint16_t - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS 16 - #elif LLDCOLOR_BITS <= 32 - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE uint32_t - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS 32 - #else - #error "GDISP: Cannot define low level driver color types with more than 32 bits" - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS == LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LLDCOLOR_NEEDS_MASK FALSE - #else - #define LLDCOLOR_NEEDS_MASK TRUE - #endif - #define LLDCOLOR_MASK() ((1 << LLDCOLOR_BITS)-1) - - // Calculate the component bit shifts - #if (GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_MASK) == GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_RGB - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R (LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_BITS_G) - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G LLDCOLOR_BITS_B - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B 0 - #else - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B (LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_BITS_G) - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G LLDCOLOR_BITS_R - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R 0 - #endif - - // Calculate LLDRED_OF, LLDGREEN_OF, LLDBLUE_OF and LLDRGB2COLOR - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_R + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R == 8 - #define LLDRED_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define LLDRED_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R-8)) - #define LLDRGB2COLOR_R(r) (((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)((r) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_R))-1)))) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R-8)) - #else // LLDCOLOR_BITS_R + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R < 8 - #define LLDRED_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R))) - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G == 8 - #define LLDGREEN_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define LLDGREEN_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (LLDCOLOR_BITS_G+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G-8)) - #define LLDRGB2COLOR_G(g) (((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)((g) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_G))-1)))) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_G+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G-8)) - #else // LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G < 8 - #define LLDGREEN_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_LLDG+COLOR_SHIFT_G))) - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_B + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B == 8 - #define LLDBLUE_OF(c) ((c) & (((1< 8 - #define LLDBLUE_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #define LLDRGB2COLOR_B(b) (((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)((b) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_B))-1)))) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #else // LLDCOLOR_BITS_B + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B < 8 - #define LLDBLUE_OF(c) (((c) & (((1<> (8-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B))) - #endif - #define LLDLUMA_OF(c) ((LLDRED_OF(c)+((uint16_t)LLDGREEN_OF(c)<<1)+LLDBLUE_OF(c))>>2) - #define LLDEXACT_RED_OF(c) (((uint16_t)(((c)>>LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R)&((1<>LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G)&((1<>LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B)&((1<>2) - #define LLDLUMA2COLOR(l) (LLDRGB2COLOR_R(l) | LLDRGB2COLOR_G(l) | LLDRGB2COLOR_B(l)) - #define LLDRGB2COLOR(r,g,b) (LLDRGB2COLOR_R(r) | LLDRGB2COLOR_G(g) | LLDRGB2COLOR_B(b)) - - // Calculate LLDHTML2COLOR - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_R + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R == 24 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_R(h) ((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) - #elif COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R > 24 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_R(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R-24)) - #else // COLOR_BITS_R + COLOR_SHIFT_R < 24 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_R(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_R))-1))<<16)) >> (24-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_R+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R))) - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G == 16 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_G(h) ((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) - #elif LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G > 16 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_G(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_G+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G-16)) - #else // LLDCOLOR_BITS_G + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G < 16 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_G(h) (((h) & ((0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_G))-1))<<8)) >> (16-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_G+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G))) - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_B + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B == 8 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_B(h) ((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_B))-1))) - #elif LLDCOLOR_BITS_B + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B > 8 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_B(h) (((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_B))-1))) << (LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B-8)) - #else // LLDCOLOR_BITS_B + LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B < 8 - #define LLDHTML2COLOR_B(h) (((h) & (0xFF & ~((1<<(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS_B))-1))) >> (8-(LLDCOLOR_BITS_B+LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B))) - #endif - #define LLDHTML2COLOR(h) ((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)(LLDHTML2COLOR_R(h) | LLDHTML2COLOR_G(h) | LLDHTML2COLOR_B(h))) - -//------------------------- -// Gray-scale color system -//------------------------- -#elif (GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT & GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_MASK) == GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE - #define LLDCOLOR_SYSTEM GDISP_COLORSYSTEM_GRAYSCALE - - // Calculate the number of bits and shifts - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS (GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT & 0xFF) - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_R LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_G LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LLDCOLOR_BITS_B LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_R 0 - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_G 0 - #define LLDCOLOR_SHIFT_B 0 - - // From the number of bits determine COLOR_TYPE, COLOR_TYPE_BITS and masking - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS <= 8 - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE uint8_t - #define LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS 8 - #else - #error "GDISP: Cannot define gray-scale low level driver color types with more than 8 bits" - #endif - #if LLDCOLOR_TYPE_BITS == LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LLDCOLOR_NEEDS_MASK FALSE - #else - #define LLDCOLOR_NEEDS_MASK TRUE - #endif - #define LLDCOLOR_MASK() ((1 << LLDCOLOR_BITS)-1) - - #if COLOR_BITS == 1 - #define LLDRGB2COLOR(r,g,b) (((r)|(g)|(b)) ? 1 : 0) - #define LLDLUMA2COLOR(l) ((l) ? 1 : 0) - #define LLDHTML2COLOR(h) ((h) ? 1 : 0) - #define LLDLUMA_OF(c) ((c) ? 255 : 0) - #define LLDEXACT_LUMA_OF(c) LLDLUMA_OF(c) - #else - // They eye is more sensitive to green - #define LLDRGB2COLOR(r,g,b) ((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)(((uint16_t)(r)+(g)+(g)+(b)) >> (10-LLDCOLOR_BITS))) - #define LLDLUMA2COLOR(l) ((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)((l)>>(8-LLDCOLOR_BITS))) - #define LLDHTML2COLOR(h) ((LLDCOLOR_TYPE)(((((h)&0xFF0000)>>16)+(((h)&0x00FF00)>>7)+((h)&0x0000FF)) >> (10-LLDCOLOR_BITS))) - #define LLDLUMA_OF(c) (((c) & ((1< LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LARGER_COLOR_BITS COLOR_BITS - #define LARGER_COLOR_TYPE COLOR_TYPE -#else - #define LARGER_COLOR_BITS LLDCOLOR_BITS - #define LARGER_COLOR_TYPE LLDCOLOR_TYPE -#endif - -/** - * @brief Controls color conversion accuracy for a low level driver - * @details Should higher precision be used when converting colors. - * @note Color conversion is only necessary if GDISP_PIXELFORMAT != GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT - * @note It only makes sense to turn this on if you have a high bit depth display but - * are running the application in low bit depths. - * @note To achieve higher color accuracy bit shifting is replaced with multiplies and divides. - */ -#ifndef GDISP_HARDWARE_USE_EXACT_COLOR - #if LLDCOLOR_BITS_R - COLOR_BITS_R >= LLDCOLOR_BITS_R/2 || LLDCOLOR_BITS_G - COLOR_BITS_G >= LLDCOLOR_BITS_G/2 || LLDCOLOR_BITS_B - COLOR_BITS_B >= LLDCOLOR_BITS_B/2 - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_USE_EXACT_COLOR TRUE - #else - #define GDISP_HARDWARE_USE_EXACT_COLOR FALSE - #endif -#endif - -/* Low level driver pixel format conversion functions */ -#if GDISP_PIXELFORMAT == GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Convert from a standard color format to the low level driver pixel format - * @note For use only by low level drivers - */ - #define gdispColor2Native(c) (c) - /** - * @brief Convert from a low level driver pixel format to the standard color format - * @note For use only by low level drivers - */ - #define gdispNative2Color(c) (c) -#else - LLDCOLOR_TYPE gdispColor2Native(color_t c); - color_t gdispNative2Color(LLDCOLOR_TYPE c); -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GDISP */ - -#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gdisp/options.h b/include/gdisp/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 35cccea3..00000000 --- a/include/gdisp/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gdisp/options.h - * @brief GDISP sub-system options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GDISP - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GDISP_OPTIONS_H -#define _GDISP_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GDISP Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Should the startup logo be displayed - * - * @details Defaults to TRUE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_STARTUP_LOGO - #define GDISP_NEED_STARTUP_LOGO TRUE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should drawing operations be automatically flushed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note If set to FALSE and the controller requires flushing - * then the application must manually call @p gdispGFlush(). - * Setting this to TRUE causes GDISP to automatically flush - * after each drawing operation. Note this may be slow but enables - * an application to avoid having to manually call the flush routine. - * @note If TRUE and GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH is also TRUE, this takes precedence. - * @note Most controllers don't need flushing which is why this is set to - * FALSE by default. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH - #define GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should drawing operations be automatically flushed on a timer. - * @details Defaults to FALSE, Can be set to FALSE or a timer period in milliseconds. - * @note The period should not be set too short or it will consume all your CPU. A - * value between 250 and 500 milliseconds would probably be suitable. - * @note If TRUE and GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH is also TRUE, this is ineffective. - * @note Most controllers don't need flushing which is why this is set to - * FALSE by default. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH - #define GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should all operations be clipped to the screen and colors validated. - * @details Defaults to TRUE. - * @note If this is FALSE, any operations that extend beyond the - * edge of the screen will have undefined results. Any - * out-of-range colors will produce undefined results. - * @note This should always be left as the default (TRUE) unless you - * are a maniac for speed and you have thoroughly tested your code - * and it never overwrites the edges of the screen. - * @note Setting GDISP_NEED_CLIP to TRUE internally uses the same mechanism - * as this validation. There is no advantage in setting this FALSE if - * GDISP_NEED_CLIP is TRUE. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION - #define GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION TRUE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are clipping functions needed. - * @details Defaults to TRUE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_CLIP - #define GDISP_NEED_CLIP TRUE - #endif - /** - * @brief Streaming functions are needed - * @details Defaults to FALSE. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_STREAMING - #define GDISP_NEED_STREAMING FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are text functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note You must also define at least one font. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_TEXT - #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are circle functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Uses integer algorithms only. It does not use any trig or floating point. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE - #define GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are ellipse functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Uses integer algorithms only. It does not use any trig or floating point. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE - #define GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are arc functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This can be compiled using fully integer mathematics by - * defining GFX_USE_GMISC and GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG as TRUE. - * @note This can be compiled to use floating point but no trig functions - * by defining GFX_USE_GMISC and GMISC_NEED_FASTTRIG as TRUE. - * @note If neither of the above are defined it requires the maths library - * to be included in the link to provide floating point and trig support. - * ie include -lm in your compiler flags. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_ARC - #define GDISP_NEED_ARC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are convex polygon functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Convex polygons are those that have no internal angles. That is; - * you can draw a line from any point on the polygon to any other point - * on the polygon without it going outside the polygon. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON - #define GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Are scrolling functions needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This function must be supported by the low level GDISP driver - * you have included in your project. If it isn't, defining this - * option will cause a compile error. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_SCROLL - #define GDISP_NEED_SCROLL FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is the capability to read pixels back needed. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This function must be supported by the low level GDISP driver - * you have included in your project. If it isn't, defining this - * option will cause a compile error. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD - #define GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Control some aspect of the hardware operation. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This allows control of hardware specific features such as - * screen rotation, backlight levels, contrast etc - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_CONTROL - #define GDISP_NEED_CONTROL FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Query some aspect of the hardware operation. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This allows query of hardware specific features - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_QUERY - #define GDISP_NEED_QUERY FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is the image interface required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Multiple Display Support - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief The total number of displays. - * @note This can be on just one type of controller or spread across several different controllers - */ - #ifndef GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS - #define GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS 1 - #endif - /** - * @brief The total number of controllers. - * @note If this is greater than one, all the hardware acceleration options below - * and the pixel format must be manually specified in your gfxconf.h along with - * @p GDISP_CONTROLLER_LIST. See the gdisp_lld_config.h in each driver to get a list - * of hardware capabilities for each driver in order to work out the common set across - * all the controllers you want to use. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS - #define GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS 1 - #endif - - #if defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief The list of controllers. - * @note This is required if @p GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS is greater than one. - * @note The number of entries must match @p GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS. - * @note See the gdisp_lld.c in each driver (near the top) to get the name of the VMT for a driver. - * @note Replace this example with your own definition in your gfxconf.h file. - */ - #define GDISP_CONTROLLER_LIST GDISPVMT_Win32, GDISPVMT_SSD1963 - /** - * @brief The number of displays for each controller. - * @note This is required if @p GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS is greater than one. - * @note The number of entries must match @p GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS. - * @note The sum of all the display counts must equal @p GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS (3 for this example) - * or bad things will happen. - * @note Replace this example with your own definition in your gfxconf.h file. - */ - #define GDISP_CONTROLLER_DISPLAYS 2, 1 - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Image Options - * @pre GDISP_NEED_IMAGE must be TRUE - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Is native image decoding required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_NATIVE - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_NATIVE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is GIF image decoding required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_GIF - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_GIF FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is BMP image decoding required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is JPG image decoding required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_JPG - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_JPG FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is PNG image decoding required. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_PNG - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_PNG FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Is memory accounting required during image decoding. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING - #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Text Rendering Options - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Enable UTF-8 support for text rendering. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_UTF8 - #define GDISP_NEED_UTF8 FALSE - #endif - - /** - * @brief Enable kerning for font rendering (improves character placement). - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_TEXT_KERNING - #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_KERNING FALSE - #endif - - /** - * @brief Enable antialiased font support - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS - #define GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS FALSE - #endif - -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Multi-Threading Options - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Do the drawing functions need to be thread-safe. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - #define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Fonts - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Predefined built in fonts - * @note Turning off the ones you are not using can save program size. - */ - -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief The size of pixel buffer (in pixels) used for optimization. - * @details Set to zero to guarantee disabling of the buffer. - * @note Depending on the driver and what operations the application - * needs, this buffer may never be allocated. - * @note Setting the size to zero may cause some operations to not - * compile eg. Scrolling if there is no hardware scroll support. - * @note Increasing the size will speedup certain operations - * at the expense of RAM. - * @note Currently only used to support scrolling on hardware without - * scrolling support, and to increase the speed of streaming - * operations on non-streaming hardware where there is a - * hardware supported bit-blit. - */ - #ifndef GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE - #define GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE 128 - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GDISP Optional Low Level Driver Defines - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Define the default orientation for all displays in the system. - * @note GDISP_NEED_CONTROL must also be set (and the hardware must support it) - */ - // #define GDISP_DEFAULT_ORIENTATION GDISP_ROTATE_LANDSCAPE - /** - * @brief Set the screen height and width. - * @note Ignored by some low level GDISP drivers, optional for others. - * @note Where these values are allowed, a default is always provided be the low level driver. - * @note The list of GDISP low level drivers that allow these to be set are... - * WIN32, SSD1289, SSD1963, TestStub - */ - /* #define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH nnnn */ - /* #define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT nnnn */ - /** - * @brief Define which bus interface to use. - * @details Only required by the SSD1963 driver. - * @note This will be replaced eventually by board definition files - */ - // #define GDISP_USE_FSMC - // #define GDISP_USE_GPIO -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GDISP_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gevent/gevent.h b/include/gevent/gevent.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3e3544a2..00000000 --- a/include/gevent/gevent.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gevent/gevent.h - * - * @addtogroup GEVENT - * - * @brief Module to build a complete many-to-many event system - * - * @details GEVENT provides a simple to use but yet powerful event - * system. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GEVENT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ -#ifndef _GEVENT_H -#define _GEVENT_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GEVENT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -typedef uint16_t GEventType; - #define GEVENT_NULL 0x0000 // Null Event - Do nothing - #define GEVENT_EXIT 0x0001 // The listener is being forced to exit (someone is destroying the listener) - - /* Other event types are allocated in ranges in their respective include files */ - #define GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST 0x0100 // GINPUT events range from 0x0100 to 0x01FF - #define GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST 0x0200 // GWIN events range from 0x0200 to 0x02FF - #define GEVENT_GADC_FIRST 0x0300 // GADC events range from 0x0300 to 0x033F - #define GEVENT_GAUDIN_FIRST 0x0340 // GAUDIN events range from 0x0340 to 0x037F - #define GEVENT_GAUDOUT_FIRST 0x0380 // GAUDOUT events range from 0x0380 to 0x03BF - #define GEVENT_USER_FIRST 0x8000 // Any application defined events start at 0x8000 - -// This object can be typecast to any GEventXxxxx type to allow any sub-system (or the application) to create events. -// The prerequisite is that the new status structure type starts with a field named 'type' of type 'GEventType'. -// The total status structure also must not exceed GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE bytes. -// For example, this is used by GWIN button events, GINPUT data streams etc. -typedef union GEvent_u { - GEventType type; // The type of this event - char pad[GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE]; // This is here to allow static initialisation of GEventObject's in the application. -} GEvent; - -// A special callback function -typedef void (*GEventCallbackFn)(void *param, GEvent *pe); - -// The Listener Object -typedef struct GListener { - gfxSem waitqueue; // Private: Semaphore for the listener to wait on. - gfxSem eventlock; // Private: Protect against more than one sources trying to use this event lock at the same time - GEventCallbackFn callback; // Private: Call back Function - void *param; // Private: Parameter for the callback function. - GEvent event; // Public: The event object into which the event information is stored. - } GListener; - -// The Source Object -typedef struct GSource_t GSource, *GSourceHandle; - -// This structure is passed to a source to describe a contender listener for sending the current event. -typedef struct GSourceListener_t { - GListener *pListener; // The listener - GSource *pSource; // The source - unsigned listenflags; // The flags the listener passed when the source was assigned to it. - unsigned srcflags; // For the source's exclusive use. Initialised as 0 for a new listener source assignment. - } GSourceListener; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* How to listen for events (act as a Listener)... - 1. Get handles for all the event sources you are interested in. - 2. Initialise a listener - 3. Attach sources to your listener. - - Sources can be attached or detached from a listener at any time. - - A source can be attached to more than one listener. - 4. Loop on getting listener events - 5. When finished detach all sources from the listener - - How to create events (act as a Source)... - 1. Provide a funtion to the application that returns a GSourceHandle (which can be a pointer to whatever the source wants) - 2. Whenever a possible event occurs call geventGetSourceListener to get a pointer to a GSourceListener. - This will return NULL when there are no more listeners. - For each listener - check the flags to see if an event should be sent. - - use geventGetEvent() to get the event buffer supplied by the listener - and then call geventSendEvent to send the event. - - Note: geventGetEvent() may return FALSE to indicate the listener is currently not listening and - therefore no event should be sent. This situation enables the source to (optionally) flag - to the listener on its next wait that there have been missed events. - - Note: The GSourceListener pointer (and the GEvent buffer) are only valid between - the geventGetSourceListener call and either the geventSendEvent call or the next - geventGetSourceListener call. - - Note: All listeners must be processed for this event before anything else is processed. -*/ - -/*---------- Listener Functions --------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief Create a Listener - * @details If insufficient resources are available it will either assert or return NULL - * depending on the value of GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE. - * - * @param[in] pl A listener - */ -void geventListenerInit(GListener *pl); - -/** - * @brief Attach a source to a listener - * @details Flags are interpreted by the source when generating events for each listener. - * If this source is already assigned to the listener it will update the flags. - * If insufficient resources are available it will either assert or return FALSE - * depending on the value of GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE. - * - * @param[in] pl The listener - * @param[in] gsh The source which has to be attached to the listener - * @param[in] flags The flags - * - * @return TRUE if succeeded, FALSE otherwise - */ -bool_t geventAttachSource(GListener *pl, GSourceHandle gsh, unsigned flags); - -/** - * @brief Detach a source from a listener - * @details If gsh is NULL detach all sources from this listener and if there is still - * a thread waiting for events on this listener, it is sent the exit event. - * - * @param[in] pl The listener - * @param[in] gsh The source - */ -void geventDetachSource(GListener *pl, GSourceHandle gsh); - -/** - * @brief Wait for an event on a listener from an assigned source. - * @details The type of the event should be checked (pevent->type) and then pevent should - * be typecast to the actual event type if it needs to be processed. - * timeout specifies the time to wait in system ticks. - * TIME_INFINITE means no timeout - wait forever for an event. - * TIME_IMMEDIATE means return immediately - * @note The GEvent buffer is staticly allocated within the GListener so the event does not - * need to be dynamicly freed however it will get overwritten by the next call to - * this routine. - * - * @param[in] pl The listener - * @param[in] timeout The timeout - * - * @return NULL on timeout - */ -GEvent *geventEventWait(GListener *pl, delaytime_t timeout); - -/* @brief Register a callback for an event on a listener from an assigned source. - * @details The type of the event should be checked (pevent->type) and then pevent should be typecast to the - * actual event type if it needs to be processed. - * - * @params[in] pl The Listener - * @params[in] fn The function to call back - * @params[in] param A parameter to pass the callback function - * - * @note The GEvent buffer is valid only during the time of the callback. The callback MUST NOT save - * a pointer to the buffer for use outside the callback. - * @note An existing callback function is de-registered by passing a NULL for 'fn'. Any existing - * callback function is replaced. Any thread currently waiting using geventEventWait will be sent the exit event. - * @note Callbacks occur in a thread context but stack space must be kept to a minumum and - * the callback must process quickly as all other events are performed on a single thread. - * @note In the callback function you should never call ANY event functions using your own GListener handle - * as it WILL create a deadlock and lock the system up. - * @note Applications should not use this call - geventEventWait() is the preferred mechanism for an - * application. This call is provided for GUI objects that may not have their own thread. - */ -void geventRegisterCallback(GListener *pl, GEventCallbackFn fn, void *param); - -/*---------- Source Functions --------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * @brief Called by a source with a possible event to get a listener record. - * @details @p lastlr should be NULL on the first call and thereafter the result of the previous call. - * - * @param[in] gsh The source handler - * @param[in] lastlr The source listener - * - * @return NULL when there are no more listeners for this source - */ -GSourceListener *geventGetSourceListener(GSourceHandle gsh, GSourceListener *lastlr); - -/** - * @brief Get the event buffer from the GSourceListener. - * @details A NULL return allows the source to record (perhaps in glr->scrflags) that the listener - * has missed events. This can then be notified as part of the next event for the listener. - * The buffer can only be accessed untill the next call to geventGetSourceListener - * or geventSendEvent - * - * @param[in] psl The source listener - * - * @return NULL if the listener is not currently listening. - */ -GEvent *geventGetEventBuffer(GSourceListener *psl); - -/** - * @brief Called by a source to indicate the listener's event buffer has been filled. - * @details After calling this function the source must not reference in fields in the GSourceListener or the event buffer. - * - * @param[in] psl The source listener - */ -void geventSendEvent(GSourceListener *psl); - -/** - * @brief Detach any listener that has this source attached - * - * @param[in] gsh The source handle - */ -void geventDetachSourceListeners(GSourceHandle gsh); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GEVENT */ - -#endif /* _GEVENT_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gevent/options.h b/include/gevent/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75b7a749..00000000 --- a/include/gevent/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gevent/options.h - * @brief GEVENT sub-system options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GEVENT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GEVENT_OPTIONS_H -#define _GEVENT_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GEVENT Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Should routines assert() if they run out of resources. - * @details Defaults to FALSE. - * @details If FALSE the application must be prepared to handle these - * failures. - */ - #ifndef GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE - #define GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GEVENT Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Defines the maximum size of an event status variable. - * @details Defaults to 32 bytes - */ - #ifndef GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE - #define GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE 32 - #endif - /** - * @brief Defines the maximum Source/Listener pairs in the system. - * @details Defaults to 32 - */ - #ifndef GEVENT_MAX_SOURCE_LISTENERS - #define GEVENT_MAX_SOURCE_LISTENERS 32 - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GEVENT_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gfile/gfile.h b/include/gfile/gfile.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62972c47..00000000 --- a/include/gfile/gfile.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gfile/gfile.h - * @brief GFILE - File IO Routines header file. - * - * @addtogroup GFILE - * - * @brief Module which contains Operating system independent FILEIO - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GFILE_H -#define _GFILE_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GFILE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * @brief A file pointer - */ - -#ifndef GFILE_IMPLEMENTATION - typedef void GFILE; -#else - typedef struct GFILE GFILE; -#endif - -extern GFILE *gfileStdIn; -extern GFILE *gfileStdErr; -extern GFILE *gfileStdOut; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - bool_t gfileExists(const char *fname); - bool_t gfileDelete(const char *fname); - long int gfileGetFilesize(const char *fname); - bool_t gfileRename(const char *oldname, const char *newname); - GFILE * gfileOpen(const char *fname, const char *mode); - void gfileClose(GFILE *f); - size_t gfileRead(GFILE *f, void *buf, size_t len); - size_t gfileWrite(GFILE *f, const void *buf, size_t len); - long int gfileGetPos(GFILE *f); - bool_t gfileSetPos(GFILE *f, long int pos); - long int gfileGetSize(GFILE *f); - bool_t gfileEOF(GFILE *f); - - #if GFILE_NEED_CHIBIOSFS && GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - GFILE * gfileOpenBaseFileStream(void *BaseFileStreamPtr, const char *mode); - #endif - #if GFILE_NEED_MEMFS - GFILE * gfileOpenMemory(void *memptr, const char *mode); - #endif - - #if GFILE_NEED_PRINTG - int vfnprintg(GFILE *f, int maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list arg); - int fnprintg(GFILE *f, int maxlen, const char *fmt, ...); - #define vfprintg(f,m,a) vfnprintg(f,0,m,a) - #define fprintg(f,m,...) fnprintg(f,0,m,...) - #define vprintg(m,a) vfnprintg(gfileStdOut,0,m,a) - #define printg(m,...) fnprintg(gfileStdOut,0,m,...) - - #if GFILE_NEED_STRINGS - int vsnprintg(char *buf, int maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list arg); - int snprintg(char *buf, int maxlen, const char *fmt, ...); - #define vsprintg(s,m,a) vsnprintg(s,0,m,a) - #define sprintg(s,m,...) snprintg(s,0,m,...) - #endif - #endif - - #if GFILE_NEED_SCANG - int vfscang(GFILE *f, const char *fmt, va_list arg); - int fscang(GFILE *f, const char *fmt, ...); - #define vscang(f,a) vfscang(gfileStdIn,f,a) - #define scang(f,...) fscang(gfileStdIn,f,...) - - #if GFILE_NEED_STRINGS - int vsscang(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg); - int sscang(const char *buf, const char *fmt, ...); - #endif - #endif - - #if GFILE_NEED_STDIO && !defined(GFILE_IMPLEMENTATION) - #define stdin gfileStdIn - #define stdout gfileStdOut - #define stderr gfileStdErr - #define FILENAME_MAX 256 // Use a relatively small number for an embedded platform - #define L_tmpnam FILENAME_MAX - #define FOPEN_MAX GFILE_MAX_GFILES - #define TMP_MAX GFILE_MAX_GFILES - #define P_tmpdir "/tmp/" - #define FILE GFILE - #define fopen(n,m) gfileOpen(n,m) - #define fclose(f) gfileClose(f) - size_t gstdioRead(void * ptr, size_t size, size_t count, FILE *f); - size_t gstdioWrite(const void * ptr, size_t size, size_t count, FILE *f); - #define fread(p,sz,cnt,f) gstdioRead(p,sz,cnt,f) - #define fwrite(p,sz,cnt,f) gstdioWrite(p,sz,cnt,f) - int gstdioSeek(FILE *f, size_t offset, int origin); - #define fseek(f,ofs,org) gstdioSeek(f,ofs,org) - #define SEEK_SET 0 - #define SEEK_CUR 1 - #define SEEK_END 2 - #define remove(n) (!gfileDelete(n)) - #define rename(o,n) (!gfileRename(o,n)) - #define fflush(f) (0) - #define ftell(f) gfileGetPos(f) - #define fpos_t long int - int gstdioGetpos(FILE *f, long int *pos); - #define fgetpos(f,pos) gstdioGetpos(f,pos) - #define fsetpos(f, pos) (!gfileSetPos(f, *pos)) - #define rewind(f) gfileSetPos(f, 0); - #define feof(f) gfileEOF(f) - - #define vfprintf(f,m,a) vfnprintg(f,0,m,a) - #define fprintf(f,m,...) fnprintg(f,0,m,...) - #define vprintf(m,a) vfnprintg(gfileStdOut,0,m,a) - #define printf(m,...) fnprintg(gfileStdOut,0,m,...) - #define vsnprintf(s,n,m,a) vsnprintg(s,n,m,a) - #define snprintf(s,n,m,...) snprintg(s,n,m,...) - #define vsprintf(s,m,a) vsnprintg(s,0,m,a) - #define sprintf(s,m,...) snprintg(s,0,m,...) - //TODO - //void clearerr ( FILE * stream ); - //int ferror ( FILE * stream ); - //FILE * tmpfile ( void ); // Auto-deleting - //char * tmpnam ( char * str ); - //char * mktemp (char *template); - //FILE * freopen ( const char * filename, const char * mode, FILE * stream ); - //setbuf - //setvbuf - //fflush - //fgetc - //fgets - //fputc - //fputs - //getc - //getchar - //puts - //ungetc - //void perror (const char * str); - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GFILE */ - -#endif /* _GFILE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gfile/options.h b/include/gfile/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index d73af02c..00000000 --- a/include/gfile/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gfile/options.h - * @brief GFILE - File IO options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GFILE - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GFILE_OPTIONS_H -#define _GFILE_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GFILE Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Include printg, fprintg etc functions - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_PRINTG - #define GFILE_NEED_PRINTG FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include scang, fscang etc functions - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_SCANG - #define GFILE_NEED_SCANG FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include the string sprintg/sscang functions - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @pre To get sprintg functions you also need to define @p GFILE_NEED_PRINTG - * @pre To get sscang functions you also need to define @p GFILE_NEED_SCANG - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_STRINGS - #define GFILE_NEED_STRINGS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Map many stdio functions to their GFILE equivalent - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note This replaces the functions in stdio.h with equivalents - * - Do not include stdio.h as it has different conflicting definitions. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_STDIO - #define GFILE_NEED_STDIO FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include the ROM file system - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note If GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC is on then you can ensure that you are - * opening a file on the ROM file system by prefixing - * its name with "S|" (the letter 'S', followed by a vertical bar). - * @note This requires a file called romfs_files.h to be in the - * users project include path. This file should include all the files - * converted to .h files using the file2c utility (using flags "-dbcs"). - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_ROMFS - #define GFILE_NEED_ROMFS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include the RAM file system - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note If GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC is on then you can ensure that you are - * opening a file on the RAM file system by prefixing - * its name with "R|" (the letter 'R', followed by a vertical bar). - * @note You must also define GFILE_RAMFS_SIZE with the size of the file system - * to be allocated in RAM. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_RAMFS - #define GFILE_NEED_RAMFS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include the FAT file system driver - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note If GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC is on then you can ensure that you are - * opening a file on the FAT file system by prefixing - * its name with "F|" (the letter 'F', followed by a vertical bar). - * @note You must separately include the FATFS library and code. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_FATFS - #define GFILE_NEED_FATFS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include the operating system's native file system - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note If GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC is on then you can ensure that you are - * opening a file on the native file system by prefixing - * its name with "N|" (the letter 'N', followed by a vertical bar). - * @note If defined then the gfileStdOut and gfileStdErr handles - * use the operating system equivalent stdio and stderr. - * If it is not defined the gfileStdOut and gfileStdErr io is discarded. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_NATIVEFS - #define GFILE_NEED_NATIVEFS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include ChibiOS BaseFileStream support - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @pre This is only relevant on the ChibiOS operating system. - * @note Use the @p gfileOpenBaseFileStream() call to open a GFILE based on a - * BaseFileStream. The BaseFileStream must already be open. - * @note A GFile of this type cannot be opened by filename. The BaseFileStream - * must be pre-opened using the operating system. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_CHIBIOSFS - #define GFILE_NEED_CHIBIOSFS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include raw memory pointer support - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Use the @p gfileOpenMemory() call to open a GFILE based on a - * memory pointer. The GFILE opened appears to be of unlimited size. - * @note A GFile of this type cannot be opened by filename. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_NEED_MEMFS - #define GFILE_NEED_MEMFS FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GFILE Optional Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Add floating point support to printg/scang etc. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_ALLOW_FLOATS - #define GFILE_ALLOW_FLOATS - #endif - /** - * @brief Can the device be specified as part of the file name. - * @note If this is on then a device letter and a vertical bar can be - * prefixed on a file name to specify that it must be on a - * specific device. - */ - #ifndef GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC - #define GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief The maximum number of open files - * @note This count excludes gfileStdIn, gfileStdOut and gfileStdErr - * (if open by default). - */ - #ifndef GFILE_MAX_GFILES - #define GFILE_MAX_GFILES 3 - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GFILE_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gfx.h b/include/gfx.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c922669..00000000 --- a/include/gfx.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gfx.h - * @brief GFX system header file. - * - * @addtogroup GFX - * - * @brief Main module to glue all the others together - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GFX_H -#define _GFX_H - -/** - * These two definitions below are required before anything else so that we can - * turn module definitions off and on. - */ - -/** - * @brief Generic 'false' boolean constant. - */ -#if !defined(FALSE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #define FALSE 0 -#endif - -/** - * @brief Generic 'true' boolean constant. - */ -#if !defined(TRUE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #define TRUE -1 -#endif - -/** - * @brief Mark a function as deprecated. - */ -#ifndef DEPRECATED - #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__MINGW32_) || defined(__CYGWIN__) - #define DEPRECATED(msg) __attribute__((deprecated(msg))) - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) - #define DEPRECATED(msg) __declspec(deprecated(msg)) - #else - #define DEPRECATED(msg) - #endif -#endif - -/* gfxconf.h is the user's project configuration for the GFX system. */ -#include "gfxconf.h" - -/** - * @name GFX sub-systems that can be turned on - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief GFX Graphics Display Basic API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the specific hardware driver to your makefile. - * Eg. include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/gdisp/Nokia6610/gdisp_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GDISP - #define GFX_USE_GDISP FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Graphics Windowing API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details Extends the GDISP API to add the concept of graphic windows. - * @note Also supports high-level "window" objects such as console windows, - * buttons, graphing etc - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GWIN - #define GFX_USE_GWIN FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Event API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details Defines the concept of a "Source" that can send "Events" to "Listeners". - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GEVENT - #define GFX_USE_GEVENT FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Timer API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details Provides thread context timers - both one-shot and periodic. - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GTIMER - #define GFX_USE_GTIMER FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Queue API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details Provides queue management. - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GQUEUE - #define GFX_USE_GQUEUE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Input Device API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the specific hardware drivers to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/toggle/Pal/ginput_lld.mk - * and... - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/touch/MCU/ginput_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GINPUT - #define GFX_USE_GINPUT FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Generic Periodic ADC API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GADC - #define GFX_USE_GADC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Audio Input Device API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the specific hardware drivers to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/gaudin/GADC/gaudin_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GAUDIN - #define GFX_USE_GAUDIN FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Audio Output Device API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the specific hardware drivers to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/gaudout/PWM/gaudout_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GAUDOUT - #define GFX_USE_GAUDOUT FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX Miscellaneous Routines API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Turning this on without turning on any GMISC_NEED_xxx macros will result - * in no extra code being compiled in. GMISC is made up from the sum of its - * parts. - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GMISC - #define GFX_USE_GMISC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief GFX File API - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_GFILE - #define GFX_USE_GFILE FALSE - #endif -/** @} */ - -/** - * Get all the options for each sub-system. - * - */ -#include "gos/options.h" -#include "gfile/options.h" -#include "gmisc/options.h" -#include "gqueue/options.h" -#include "gevent/options.h" -#include "gtimer/options.h" -#include "gdisp/options.h" -#include "gwin/options.h" -#include "ginput/options.h" -#include "gadc/options.h" -#include "gaudin/options.h" -#include "gaudout/options.h" - -/** - * Interdependency safety checks on the sub-systems. - * - */ -#include "gfx_rules.h" - -/** - * Include the sub-system header files - */ -#include "gos/gos.h" -#include "gfile/gfile.h" -#include "gmisc/gmisc.h" -#include "gqueue/gqueue.h" -#include "gevent/gevent.h" -#include "gtimer/gtimer.h" -#include "gdisp/gdisp.h" -#include "gwin/gwin.h" -#include "ginput/ginput.h" -#include "gadc/gadc.h" -#include "gaudin/gaudin.h" -#include "gaudout/gaudout.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief The one call to start it all - * - * @note This will initialise each sub-system that has been turned on. - * For example, if GFX_USE_GDISP is defined then display will be initialised - * and cleared to black. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxInit(void); - - /** - * @brief The one call to end it all - * - * @note This will deinitialise each sub-system that has been turned on. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxDeinit(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GFX_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gfx_rules.h b/include/gfx_rules.h deleted file mode 100644 index 817ff749..00000000 --- a/include/gfx_rules.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gfx_rules.h - * @brief GFX system safety rules header file. - * - * @addtogroup GFX - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GFX_RULES_H -#define _GFX_RULES_H - -/** - * Safety checks on all the defines. - * - * These are defined in the order of their inter-dependancies. - */ - -#ifndef GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #define GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS FALSE -#endif - -#if !GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS && !GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 && !GFX_USE_OS_LINUX && !GFX_USE_OS_OSX && !GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GOS: No Operating System has been defined. ChibiOS (GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS) has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - #define GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS TRUE -#endif -#if GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS + GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 + GFX_USE_OS_LINUX + GFX_USE_OS_OSX + GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 != 1 * TRUE - #error "GOS: More than one operation system has been defined as TRUE." -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GWIN - #if !GFX_USE_GDISP - #error "GWIN: GFX_USE_GDISP must be TRUE when using GWIN" - #endif - #if !GDISP_NEED_CLIP - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: Drawing can occur outside the defined windows as GDISP_NEED_CLIP is FALSE" - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_IMAGE - #if !GDISP_NEED_IMAGE - #error "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_IMAGE is required when GWIN_NEED_IMAGE is TRUE." - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_RADIO - #if !GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE should be set to TRUE for much nicer radio button widgets." - #endif - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_BUTTON || GWIN_NEED_SLIDER || GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX || GWIN_NEED_LABEL || GWIN_NEED_RADIO || GWIN_NEED_LIST || \ - GWIN_NEED_IMAGE || GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX || GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR - #if !GWIN_NEED_WIDGET - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: GWIN_NEED_WIDGET is required when a Widget is used. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GWIN_NEED_WIDGET - #define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET TRUE - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_LIST - #if !GDISP_NEED_TEXT - #error "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_TEXT is required when GWIN_NEED_LIST is TRUE." - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET - #if !GDISP_NEED_TEXT - #error "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_TEXT is required if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET is TRUE." - #endif - #if !GFX_USE_GINPUT - // This test also ensures that GFX_USE_GEVENT is set - #error "GWIN: GFX_USE_GINPUT (and one or more input sources) is required if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET is TRUE" - #endif - #if !GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER is required if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER - #define GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER TRUE - #endif - #if !GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD is required if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET is TRUE. It has been turned on for you" - #endif - #undef GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - #define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD TRUE - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER - #if !GFX_USE_GQUEUE || !GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GWIN: GFX_USE_GQUEUE and GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC is required if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GQUEUE - #undef GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC - #define GFX_USE_GQUEUE TRUE - #define GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC TRUE - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE - #if !GDISP_NEED_TEXT - #error "GWIN: GDISP_NEED_TEXT is required if GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE is TRUE." - #endif - #endif - #if GWIN_NEED_GRAPH - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GINPUT - #if !GFX_USE_GEVENT - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GINPUT: GFX_USE_GEVENT is required if GFX_USE_GINPUT is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GEVENT - #define GFX_USE_GEVENT TRUE - #endif - #if !GFX_USE_GTIMER - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GINPUT: GFX_USE_GTIMER is required if GFX_USE_GINPUT is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GTIMER - #define GFX_USE_GTIMER TRUE - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GDISP - #if GDISP_TOTAL_CONTROLLERS > 1 - #ifndef GDISP_CONTROLLER_LIST - #error "GDISP Multiple Controllers: You must specify a value for GDISP_CONTROLLER_LIST" - #endif - #ifndef GDISP_CONTROLLER_DISPLAYS - #error "GDISP Multiple Controllers: You must specify a value for GDISP_CONTROLLER_DISPLAYS" - #endif - #ifndef GDISP_PIXELFORMAT - #error "GDISP Multiple Controllers: You must specify a value for GDISP_PIXELFORMAT" - #endif - #endif - #if GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH && GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: Both GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH and GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH has been set. GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH has disabled for you." - #endif - #undef GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH - #define GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH FALSE - #endif - #if GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH - #if GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH < 50 || GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH > 1200 - #error "GDISP: GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH has been set to an invalid value (FALSE, 50-1200)." - #endif - #if !GFX_USE_GTIMER - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH has been set but GFX_USE_GTIMER has not been set. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GTIMER - #define GFX_USE_GTIMER TRUE - #undef GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - #define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD TRUE - #endif - #endif - #if GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS && !GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD - #if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS has been set but GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD has not. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD - #define GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD TRUE - #else - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS has been set but your hardware does not support reading back pixels. Anti-aliasing will only occur for filled characters." - #endif - #endif - #endif - #if (defined(GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_SMALL) && GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_SMALL) || (defined(GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_LARGER) && GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_LARGER) - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: An old font (Small or Larger) has been defined. A single default font of UI2 has been added instead." - #warning "GDISP: Please see <$(GFXLIB)/include/gdisp/fonts/fonts.h> for a list of available font names." - #endif - #undef GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI2 - #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI2 TRUE - #endif - #if GDISP_NEED_IMAGE - #if !GFX_USE_GFILE - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GDISP: GFX_USE_GFILE is required when GDISP_NEED_IMAGE is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GFILE - #define GFX_USE_GFILE TRUE - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GAUDIN - #if GFX_USE_GEVENT && !GFX_USE_GTIMER - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GAUDIN: GFX_USE_GTIMER is required if GFX_USE_GAUDIN and GFX_USE_GEVENT are TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GTIMER - #define GFX_USE_GTIMER TRUE - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GADC - #if !GFX_USE_GTIMER - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GADC: GFX_USE_GTIMER is required if GFX_USE_GADC is TRUE. It has been turned on for you." - #endif - #undef GFX_USE_GTIMER - #define GFX_USE_GTIMER TRUE - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GEVENT -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GTIMER - #if GFX_USE_GDISP && !GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD - #if GFX_DISPLAY_RULE_WARNINGS - #warning "GTIMER: GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD has not been specified." - #warning "GTIMER: Make sure you are not performing any GDISP/GWIN drawing operations in the timer callback!" - #endif - #endif -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GAUDOUT -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GQUEUE -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GMISC -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GFILE -#endif - -#endif /* _GFX_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/ginput/dial.h b/include/ginput/dial.h deleted file mode 100644 index a90b5e46..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/dial.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/dial.h - * @brief GINPUT GFX User Input subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Dial Dial - * @ingroup GINPUT - * - * @details A dial provides a powerful way to navigate through menus - * on a display. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GINPUT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GINPUT_NEED_DIAL must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ -#ifndef _GINPUT_DIAL_H -#define _GINPUT_DIAL_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_DIAL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -// Event types for various ginput sources -#define GEVENT_DIAL (GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST+4) - -typedef struct GEventDial_t { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_DIAL) - uint16_t instance; // The dial instance - uint16_t value; // The dial value - uint16_t maxvalue; // The maximum dial value - } GEventDial; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief Create a dial input instance - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance (from 0 to 9999) - * - * @return The soure handle of the created dial instance - */ - GSourceHandle ginputGetDial(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Reset the value back to the hardware default - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance - */ - void ginputResetDialRange(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Get the maximum value - * @details The readings are scaled to be 0 ... max. - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance - * - * @return The maximum value - */ - uint16_t ginputGetDialRange(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Set the maximum value - * @details The readings are scaled to be 0 ... max. - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance - * @param[in] max The maximum value to be set - */ - void ginputSetDialRange(uint16_t instance, uint16_t max); - - /** - * @brief Set the level change required before a dial even is generated (threshold) - * @note This is done after range scaling - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance - * @param[in] diff The amount of level changes - */ - void ginputSetDialSensitivity(uint16_t instance, uint16_t diff); - - /** - * @brief Get the current dial status - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the dial input instance - * @param[in] pdial The dial event struct - * - * @return Returns FALSE on an error (eg invalid instance) - */ - bool_t ginputGetDialStatus(uint16_t instance, GEventDial *pdial); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GINPUT_NEED_DIAL */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_DIAL_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/ginput/ginput.h b/include/ginput/ginput.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b2e37f5..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/ginput.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/ginput.h - * - * @addtogroup GINPUT - * - * @brief Module to interface different hardware input sources such as touchscreens - * - * @details GINPUT provides an easy and common interface to use different input devices - * such as touchscreens and mices. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GINPUT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ -#ifndef _GINPUT_H -#define _GINPUT_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GINPUT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/* How to use... - - 1. Get source handles for all the inputs you are interested in. - - Attempting to get a handle for one instance of an input more than once will return the same handle - 2. Create a listener - 3. Assign inputs to your listener. - - Inputs can be assigned or released from a listener at any time. - - An input can be assigned to more than one listener. - 4. Loop on getting listener events - 5. When complete destroy the listener -*/ - -// Include various ginput types -#include "ginput/mouse.h" -#include "ginput/keyboard.h" -#include "ginput/toggle.h" -#include "ginput/dial.h" - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GINPUT */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/ginput/keyboard.h b/include/ginput/keyboard.h deleted file mode 100644 index d2bebeb8..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/keyboard.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/keyboard.h - * @brief GINPUT GFX User Input subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Keyboard Keyboard - * @ingroup GINPUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GINPUT_KEYBOARD_H -#define _GINPUT_KEYBOARD_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#define GINPUT_KEYBOARD_NUM_PORTS 1 // The total number of keyboard inputs - -// Event types for various ginput sources -#define GEVENT_KEYBOARD (GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST+2) - -typedef struct GEventKeyboard_t { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_KEYBOARD) - uint16_t instance; // The keyboard instance - char c; // The Ascii code for the current key press. - // The only possible values are 0(NUL), 8(BS), 9(TAB), 13(CR), 27(ESC), 32(SPACE) to 126(~), 127(DEL) - // 0 indicates an extended only key. - uint16_t code; // An extended keyboard code. Codes less than 128 match their ascii equivelent. - #define GKEY_NULL 0 - #define GKEY_BACKSPACE 8 - #define GKEY_TAB 9 - #define GKEY_CR 13 - #define GKEY_ESC 27 - #define GKEY_SPACE 32 - #define GKEY_DEL 127 - #define GKEY_UP 0x0101 - #define GKEY_DOWN 0x0102 - #define GKEY_LEFT 0x0103 - #define GKEY_RIGHT 0x0104 - #define GKEY_HOME 0x0105 - #define GKEY_END 0x0106 - #define GKEY_PAGEUP 0x0107 - #define GKEY_PAGEDOWN 0x0108 - #define GKEY_INSERT 0x0109 - #define GKEY_DELETE 0x010A - #define GKEY_SHIFT 0x0201 - #define GKEY_CNTRL 0x0202 - #define GKEY_ALT 0x0203 - #define GKEY_WINKEY 0x0204 - #define GKEY_RCLKEY 0x0205 - #define GKEY_FNKEY 0x0206 - #define GKEY_FN1 0x0301 - #define GKEY_FN2 0x0302 - #define GKEY_FN3 0x0303 - #define GKEY_FN4 0x0304 - #define GKEY_FN5 0x0305 - #define GKEY_FN6 0x0306 - #define GKEY_FN7 0x0307 - #define GKEY_FN8 0x0308 - #define GKEY_FN9 0x0309 - #define GKEY_FN10 0x030A - #define GKEY_FN11 0x030B - #define GKEY_FN12 0x030C - uint16_t current_buttons; // A bit is set to indicate various meta status. - #define GMETA_KEY_DOWN 0x0001 - #define GMETA_KEY_SHIFT 0x0002 - #define GMETA_KEY_CNTRL 0x0004 - #define GMETA_KEY_ALT 0x0008 - #define GMETA_KEY_WINKEY 0x0010 - #define GMETA_KEY_RCLKKEY 0x0020 - #define GMETA_KEY_FN 0x0040 - #define GMETA_KEY_MISSED_EVENT 0x8000 - uint16_t last_buttons; // The value of current_buttons on the last event -} GEventKeyboard; - -// Keyboard Listen Flags - passed to geventAddSourceToListener() -#define GLISTEN_KEYREPEATS 0x0001 // Return key repeats (where the key is held down to get a repeat character) -#define GLISTEN_KEYCODES 0x0002 // Return all key presses including extended code key presses (not just ascii codes) -#define GLISTEN_KEYALL 0x0004 // Return keyup's, keydown's and everything in between (but not repeats unless GLISTEN_KEYREPEATS is set). -#define GLISTEN_KEYSINGLE 0x8000 // Return only when one particular extended code key is pressed or released. The particular extended code is OR'd into this value - // eg. (GLISTEN_KEYSINGLE | GKEY_CR) - // No other flags may be set with this flag. - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief Create a keyboard input instance - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the keyboard input instance (from 0 to 9999) - * - * @return The source handle of the created input instance - */ - GSourceHandle ginputGetKeyboard(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Get the current keyboard status - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the keyboard input instance - * @param[in] pkeyboard The keyboard event struct - * - * @return Returns FALSE on an error (eg invalid instance) - */ - bool_t ginputGetKeyboardStatus(uint16_t instance, GEventKeyboard *pkeyboard); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_KEYBOARD_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/ginput/lld/dial.h b/include/ginput/lld/dial.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7ce19ad..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/lld/dial.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/lld/dial.h - * @brief GINPUT header file for dial drivers. - * - * @defgroup Dial Dial - * @ingroup GINPUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _LLD_GINPUT_DIAL_H -#define _LLD_GINPUT_DIAL_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_DIAL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -#include "ginput_lld_dial_config.h" - -typedef void (*DialCallbackFn)(uint16_t instance, uint16_t rawvalue); - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - void ginput_lld_dial_init(void); - void ginput_lld_dial_poll(DialCallbackFn fn); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GINPUT && GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE */ - -#endif /* _LLD_GINPUT_TOGGLE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/ginput/lld/mouse.h b/include/ginput/lld/mouse.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b8246dc..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/lld/mouse.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/lld/mouse.h - * @brief GINPUT LLD header file for mouse/touch drivers. - * - * @defgroup Mouse Mouse - * @ingroup GINPUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _LLD_GINPUT_MOUSE_H -#define _LLD_GINPUT_MOUSE_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -#include "ginput_lld_mouse_config.h" - -// GEVENT_MOUSE or GEVENT_TOUCH - What type of device is this. -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_EVENT_TYPE - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_EVENT_TYPE GEVENT_MOUSE -#endif - -// TRUE/FALSE - Does the mouse/touch driver require calibration? -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_NEED_CALIBRATION - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_NEED_CALIBRATION FALSE -#endif - -// TRUE/FALSE - Should the calibration happen at the extremes of the panel? -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_CALIBRATE_EXTREMES - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_CALIBRATE_EXTREMES FALSE -#endif - -// TRUE/FALSE - Can the mouse/touch driver itself save calibration data? -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_LLD_CALIBRATION_LOADSAVE - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_LLD_CALIBRATION_LOADSAVE FALSE -#endif - -// n or -1 - n means to test calibration result (+/- pixels), -1 means not to. -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_CALIBRATION_ERROR - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_CALIBRATION_ERROR -1 -#endif - -// n - How many times to read (and average) per poll -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_READ_CYCLES - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_READ_CYCLES 1 -#endif - -// n - Millisecs between poll's -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD 25 -#endif - -// n - Movement allowed without discarding the CLICK or CLICKCXT event (+/- pixels) -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_CLICK_JITTER - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_CLICK_JITTER 1 -#endif - -// n - Movement allowed without discarding the MOVE event (+/- pixels) -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_MOVE_JITTER - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_MAX_MOVE_JITTER 0 -#endif - -// ms - Millisecs seperating a CLICK from a CXTCLICK -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_CLICK_TIME - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_CLICK_TIME 700 -#endif - -// true/false - Whether the mouse driver internally handles screen rotation -#ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_NO_ROTATION - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_NO_ROTATION FALSE -#endif - -typedef struct MouseReading_t { - coord_t x, y, z; - uint16_t buttons; - } MouseReading; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief Initialise the mouse/touch. - * - * @notapi - */ - void ginput_lld_mouse_init(void); - - /** - * @brief Read the mouse/touch position. - * - * @param[in] pt A pointer to the structure to fill - * - * @note For drivers that don't support returning a position - * when the touch is up (most touch devices), it should - * return the previous position with the new Z value. - * The z value is the pressure for those touch devices - * that support it (-100 to 100 where > 0 is touched) - * or, 0 or 100 for those drivers that don't. - * - * @notapi - */ - void ginput_lld_mouse_get_reading(MouseReading *pt); - - #if GINPUT_MOUSE_LLD_CALIBRATION_LOADSAVE - /** - * @brief Load calibration data from a storage area on the touch controller. - * - * @param[in] instance The mouse instance number - * - * @note The instance parameter is currently always 0 as we only support - * one mouse/touch device at a time. - * @note This routine should only be provided if the driver has its own - * storage area where calibration data can be stored. The drivers - * option.h file should define GINPUT_MOUSE_LLD_CALIBRATION_LOADSAVE = TRUE - * if it supports this. - * - * @notapi - */ - const char *ginput_lld_mouse_calibration_load(uint16_t instance); - /** - * @brief Save calibration data to a storage area on the touch controller. - * - * @param[in] instance The mouse instance number - * @param[in] calbuf The calibration data to be saved - * @param[in] sz The size of the calibration data - * - * @note The instance parameter is currently always 0 as we only support - * one mouse/touch device at a time. - * @note This routine should only be provided if the driver has its own - * storage area where calibration data can be stored. The drivers - * option.h file should define GINPUT_MOUSE_LLD_CALIBRATION_LOADSAVE = TRUE - * if it supports this. - * - * @notapi - */ - void ginput_lld_mouse_calibration_save(uint16_t instance, const uint8_t *calbuf, size_t sz); - #endif - - /** - * @brief Wakeup the high level code so that it attempts another read - * - * @note This routine is provided to low level drivers by the high level code - * @note Particularly useful if GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD = TIME_INFINITE - * - * @notapi - */ - void ginputMouseWakeup(void); - - /** - * @brief Wakeup the high level code so that it attempts another read - * - * @note This routine is provided to low level drivers by the high level code - * @note Particularly useful if GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD = TIME_INFINITE - * - * @iclass - * @notapi - */ - void ginputMouseWakeupI(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE || GINPUT_NEED_TOUCH */ - -#endif /* _LLD_GINPUT_MOUSE_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/ginput/lld/toggle.h b/include/ginput/lld/toggle.h deleted file mode 100644 index c7809342..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/lld/toggle.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/lld/toggle.h - * @brief GINPUT header file for toggle drivers. - * - * @defgroup Toggle Toggle - * @ingroup GINPUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _LLD_GINPUT_TOGGLE_H -#define _LLD_GINPUT_TOGGLE_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -// Describes how the toggle bits are obtained -typedef struct GToggleConfig_t { - void *id; - unsigned mask; - unsigned invert; - unsigned mode; -} GToggleConfig; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - extern const GToggleConfig GInputToggleConfigTable[GINPUT_TOGGLE_CONFIG_ENTRIES]; - - void ginput_lld_toggle_init(const GToggleConfig *ptc); - unsigned ginput_lld_toggle_getbits(const GToggleConfig *ptc); - - /* This routine is provided to low level drivers to wakeup a value read from a thread context. - * Particularly useful if GINPUT_TOGGLE_POLL_PERIOD = TIME_INFINITE - */ - void ginputToggleWakeup(void); - - /* This routine is provided to low level drivers to wakeup a value read from an ISR - * Particularly useful if GINPUT_TOGGLE_POLL_PERIOD = TIME_INFINITE - */ - void ginputToggleWakeupI(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GINPUT && GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE */ - -#endif /* _LLD_GINPUT_TOGGLE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/ginput/mouse.h b/include/ginput/mouse.h deleted file mode 100644 index 669eaec6..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/mouse.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/mouse.h - * @brief GINPUT GFX User Input subsystem header file for mouse and touch. - * - * @defgroup Mouse Mouse - * @ingroup GINPUT - * - * @details GINPUT allows it to easily interface touchscreens and mices to - * your application. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GINPUT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GINPUT_MOUSE_H -#define _GINPUT_MOUSE_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/* This type definition is also used by touch */ -typedef struct GEventMouse_t { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_MOUSE or GEVENT_TOUCH) - uint16_t instance; // The mouse/touch instance - coord_t x, y, z; // The position of the mouse. - // - For touch devices, Z is the current pressure if supported (otherwise 0) - // - For mice, Z is the 3rd dimension if supported (otherwise 0) - uint16_t current_buttons; // A bit is set if the button is down. - // - For touch only bit 0 is relevant - // - For mice the order of the buttons is (from 0 to n) left, right, middle, any other buttons - // - Bit 15 being set indicates that an important mouse event has been missed. - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 0x0001 - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 0x0002 - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 0x0004 - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_BTN_4 0x0008 - #define GINPUT_MISSED_MOUSE_EVENT 0x8000 - #define GINPUT_TOUCH_PRESSED GINPUT_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT - uint16_t last_buttons; // The value of current_buttons on the last event - enum GMouseMeta_e { - GMETA_NONE = 0, // There is no meta event currently happening - GMETA_MOUSE_DOWN = 1, // Button 0 has just gone down - GMETA_MOUSE_UP = 2, // Button 0 has just gone up - GMETA_MOUSE_CLICK = 4, // Button 0 has just gone through a short down - up cycle - GMETA_MOUSE_CXTCLICK = 8 // For mice - The right button has just been depressed - // For touch - a long press has just occurred - } meta; - GDisplay * display; // The display this mouse is currently associated with. - } GEventMouse; - -// Mouse/Touch Listen Flags - passed to geventAddSourceToListener() -#define GLISTEN_MOUSEMETA 0x0001 // Create events for meta events such as CLICK and CXTCLICK -#define GLISTEN_MOUSEDOWNMOVES 0x0002 // Creates mouse move events when the primary mouse button is down (touch is on the surface) -#define GLISTEN_MOUSEUPMOVES 0x0004 // Creates mouse move events when the primary mouse button is up (touch is off the surface - if the hardware allows). -#define GLISTEN_MOUSENOFILTER 0x0008 // Don't filter out mouse moves where the position hasn't changed. -#define GLISTEN_TOUCHMETA GLISTEN_MOUSEMETA -#define GLISTEN_TOUCHDOWNMOVES GLISTEN_MOUSEDOWNMOVES -#define GLISTEN_TOUCHUPMOVES GLISTEN_MOUSEUPMOVES -#define GLISTEN_TOUCHNOFILTER GLISTEN_MOUSENOFILTER - -#define GINPUT_MOUSE_NUM_PORTS 1 // The total number of mouse/touch inputs supported - -// Event types for the mouse ginput source -#define GEVENT_MOUSE (GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST+0) -#define GEVENT_TOUCH (GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST+1) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief Creates an instance of a mouse and returns the Source handler - * @note HACK: if the instance is 9999, it is treated as instance 0 except - * that no calibration will be performed! - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance (from 0 to 9999) - * - * @return The source handle of the created instance - */ - GSourceHandle ginputGetMouse(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Assign the display associated with the mouse - * @note This only needs to be called if the mouse is associated with a display - * other than the current default display. It must be called before - * @p ginputGetMouse() if the new display is to be used during the calibration - * process. Other than calibration the display is used for range checking, - * and may also be used to display a mouse pointer. - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to which this mouse belongs - */ - void ginputSetMouseDisplay(uint16_t instance, GDisplay *g); - - /** - * @brief Get the display currently associated with the mouse - * @return A pointer to the display - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - */ - GDisplay *ginputGetMouseDisplay(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Get the current mouse position and button status - * @note Unlinke a listener event, this status cannot record meta events such as - * "CLICK". - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - * @param[in] pmouse The mouse event - * - * @return FALSE on an error (eg. invalid instance) - */ - bool_t ginputGetMouseStatus(uint16_t instance, GEventMouse *pmouse); - - /** - * @brief Performs a calibration - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - * - * @return FALSE if the driver dosen't support a calibration of if the handle is invalid - */ - bool_t ginputCalibrateMouse(uint16_t instance); - - /* Set the routines to save and fetch calibration data. - * This function should be called before first calling ginputGetMouse() for a particular instance - * as the gdispGetMouse() routine may attempt to fetch calibration data and perform a startup calibration if there is no way to get it. - * If this is called after gdispGetMouse() has been called and the driver requires calibration storage, it will immediately save the data is has already obtained. - * The 'requireFree' parameter indicates if the fetch buffer must be free()'d to deallocate the buffer provided by the Fetch routine. - */ - typedef void (*GMouseCalibrationSaveRoutine)(uint16_t instance, const uint8_t *calbuf, size_t sz); // Save calibration data - typedef const char * (*GMouseCalibrationLoadRoutine)(uint16_t instance); // Load calibration data (returns NULL if not data saved) - - /** - * @brief Set the routines to store and restore calibration data - * - * @details This function should be called before first calling ginputGetMouse() for a particular instance - * as the gdispGetMouse() routine may attempt to fetch calibration data and perform a startup calibration if there is no way to get it. - * If this is called after gdispGetMouse() has been called and the driver requires calibration storage, it will immediately save the - * data is has already obtained. - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - * @param[in] fnsave The routine to save the data - * @param[in] fnload The routine to restore the data - * @param[in] requireFree TRUE if the buffer returned by the load function must be freed by the mouse code. - */ - void ginputSetMouseCalibrationRoutines(uint16_t instance, GMouseCalibrationSaveRoutine fnsave, GMouseCalibrationLoadRoutine fnload, bool_t requireFree); - - /** - * @brief Test if a particular mouse/touch instance requires routines to save it's alibration data - * @note Not implemented yet - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the mouse input instance - * - * @return TRUE if needed - */ - bool_t ginputRequireMouseCalibrationStorage(uint16_t instance); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_MOUSE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/ginput/options.h b/include/ginput/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d903b07..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/options.h - * @brief GINPUT sub-system options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GINPUT - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GINPUT_OPTIONS_H -#define _GINPUT_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GINPUT Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Should mouse/touch functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the a mouse/touch hardware driver to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/touch/MCU/ginput_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE - #define GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should keyboard functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the a keyboard hardware driver to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/keyboard/XXXX/ginput_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD - #define GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should hardware toggle/switch/button functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the a toggle hardware driver to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/toggle/Pal/ginput_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - #define GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should analog dial functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note Also add the a dial hardware driver to your makefile. - * Eg. - * include $(GFXLIB)/drivers/ginput/dial/analog/ginput_lld.mk - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_NEED_DIAL - #define GINPUT_NEED_DIAL FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GINPUT Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - * - * @name GINPUT Optional Low Level Driver Defines - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Use a custom board definition for the mouse/touch driver even if a board definition exists. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If TRUE, add ginput_lld_mouse_board.h to your project directory and customise it. - * @note Not all GINPUT mouse/touch low level drivers use board definition files. - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_MOUSE_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD - #define GINPUT_MOUSE_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a custom board definition for the keyboard driver even if a board definition exists. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If TRUE, add ginput_lld_keyboard_board.h to your project directory and customise it. - * @note Not all GINPUT keyboard low level drivers use board definition files. - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_KEYBOARD_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD - #define GINPUT_KEYBOARD_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a custom board definition for the toggle driver even if a board definition exists. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If TRUE, add ginput_lld_toggle_board.h to your project directory and customise it. - * @note Not all GINPUT toggle low level drivers use board definition files. - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_TOGGLE_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD - #define GINPUT_TOGGLE_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a custom board definition for the dial driver even if a board definition exists. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If TRUE, add ginput_lld_dial_board.h to your project directory and customise it. - * @note Not all GINPUT dial low level drivers use board definition files. - */ - #ifndef GINPUT_DIAL_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD - #define GINPUT_DIAL_USE_CUSTOM_BOARD FALSE - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/ginput/toggle.h b/include/ginput/toggle.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73cf1e27..00000000 --- a/include/ginput/toggle.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/ginput/toggle.h - * @brief GINPUT GFX User Input subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Toggle Toggle - * @ingroup GINPUT - * - * @details GINPUT allows it to interface toggle buttons easily to your - * application. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GINPUT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GINPUT_TOGGLE_H -#define _GINPUT_TOGGLE_H - -#if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Low Level Driver details and error checks. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -// Get the hardware definitions - Number of instances etc. -#include "ginput_lld_toggle_config.h" - -#ifndef GINPUT_TOGGLE_POLL_PERIOD - #define GINPUT_TOGGLE_POLL_PERIOD 200 -#endif - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -// Event types for various ginput sources -#define GEVENT_TOGGLE (GEVENT_GINPUT_FIRST+3) - -typedef struct GEventToggle_t { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_TOGGLE) - uint16_t instance; // The toggle instance - bool_t on; // True if the toggle/button is on - } GEventToggle; - -// Toggle Listen Flags - passed to geventAddSourceToListener() -#define GLISTEN_TOGGLE_ON 0x0001 // Return an event when the toggle turns on -#define GLISTEN_TOGGLE_OFF 0x0002 // Return an event when the toggle turns off - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - /** - * @brief Create a toggle input instance - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the toggle input instance (from 0 to 9999) - * - * @return The source handle of the created instance - */ - GSourceHandle ginputGetToggle(uint16_t instance); - - /** - * @brief Can be used to invert the sense of a toggle - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the toggle input instance - * @param[in] invert If TRUE, will be inverted - */ - void ginputInvertToggle(uint16_t instance, bool_t invert); - - /** - * @brief Get the current toggle status - * - * @param[in] instance The ID of the toggle input instance - * @param[in] ptoggle The toggle event struct - * - * @return Returns FALSE on an error (eg invalid instance) - */ - bool_t ginputGetToggleStatus(uint16_t instance, GEventToggle *ptoggle); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE */ - -#endif /* _GINPUT_TOGGLE_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gmisc/gmisc.h b/include/gmisc/gmisc.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff3d0c76..00000000 --- a/include/gmisc/gmisc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gmisc/gmisc.h - * @brief GMISC - Miscellaneous Routines header file. - * - * @addtogroup GMISC - * - * @brief Module which contains different features such as array conversions - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GMISC_H -#define _GMISC_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * @brief Sample data formats - * @note These are defined regardless of whether you use the GMISC module - * or not as they are used in lots of places. - */ -typedef enum ArrayDataFormat_e { - ARRAY_DATA_4BITUNSIGNED = 4, ARRAY_DATA_4BITSIGNED = 5, - ARRAY_DATA_8BITUNSIGNED = 8, ARRAY_DATA_8BITSIGNED = 9, - ARRAY_DATA_10BITUNSIGNED = 10, ARRAY_DATA_10BITSIGNED = 11, - ARRAY_DATA_12BITUNSIGNED = 12, ARRAY_DATA_12BITSIGNED = 13, - ARRAY_DATA_14BITUNSIGNED = 14, ARRAY_DATA_14BITSIGNED = 15, - ARRAY_DATA_16BITUNSIGNED = 16, ARRAY_DATA_16BITSIGNED = 17, - } ArrayDataFormat; - -/** - * @brief The type for a fixed point type. - * @details The top 16 bits are the integer component, the bottom 16 bits are the real component. - */ -typedef int32_t fixed; - -/** - * @brief Macros to convert to and from a fixed point. - * @{ - */ -#define FIXED(x) ((fixed)(x)<<16) /* @< integer to fixed */ -#define NONFIXED(x) ((x)>>16) /* @< fixed to integer */ -#define FIXED0_5 32768 /* @< 0.5 as a fixed (used for rounding) */ -#define FP2FIXED(x) ((fixed)((x)*65536.0)) /* @< floating point to fixed */ -#define FIXED2FP(x) ((double)(x)/65536.0) /* @< fixed to floating point */ -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The famous number pi - */ -#define PI 3.1415926535897932384626433832795028841971693993751 - -/** - * @brief pi as a fixed point - */ -#define FIXED_PI FP2FIXED(PI) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#if GFX_USE_GMISC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#if GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Convert from one array format to another array format. - * - * @param[in] srcfmt The format of the source array - * @param[in] src The source array - * @param[in] dstfmt The format of the destination array - * @param[in] dst The dstination array - * @param[in] cnt The number of array elements to convert - * - * @note Assumes the destination buffer is large enough for the resultant data. - * @note This routine is optimised to perform as fast as possible. - * @note No type checking is performed on the source format. It is assumed to - * have only valid values eg. ARRAY_DATA_4BITSIGNED will have values - * 0000 -> 0111 for positive numbers and 1111 -> 1000 for negative numbers - * Bits 5 -> 8 in the storage byte are treated in an undefined manner. - * @note If srcfmt or dstfmt is an unknown format, this routine does nothing - * with no warning that something is wrong - * - * @api - */ - void gmiscArrayConvert(ArrayDataFormat srcfmt, void *src, ArrayDataFormat dstfmt, void *dst, size_t cnt); - - #if 0 - void gmiscArrayTranslate(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src, void *dst, size_t cnt, int trans); - - void gmiscArrayMultiply(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src, void *dst, size_t cnt, int mult); - - void gmiscArrayDivide(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src, void *dst, size_t cnt, int mdiv); - - void gmiscArrayMultDiv(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src, void *dst, size_t cnt, int mult, int div); - - void gmiscArrayAdd(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src1, void *src2, void *dst, size_t cnt); - - void gmiscArrayAddNoOverflow(ArrayDataFormat fmt, void *src1, void *src2, void *dst, size_t cnt); - #endif -#endif - -#if GMISC_NEED_FASTTRIG || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - extern const double sintabledouble[]; - - /** - * @brief Fast Table Based Trig functions - * @return A double in the range -1.0 .. 0.0 .. 1.0 - * - * @param[in] degrees The angle in degrees (not radians) - * - * @note These functions use degrees rather than radians to describe the angle. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ - double fsin(int degrees); - double fcos(int degrees); - /** @} - * - * @brief Fast Table Based Trig functions - * @return A double in the range -1.0 .. 0.0 .. 1.0 - * - * @param[in] degrees The angle in degrees 0 .. 359 - * - * @note These functions use degrees rather than radians to describe the angle. - * @note These functions are super fast but require the parameter to be in range. - * Use the lowercase functions if the parameter may not be in range or if a - * required trig function is not supported in this form. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ - #define FSIN(degrees) sintabledouble[degrees]; - /** @} */ -#endif - -#if GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - extern const fixed sintablefixed[]; - - /** - * @brief Fast Table Based Trig functions - * @return A fixed point in the range -1.0 .. 0.0 .. 1.0 - * - * @param[in] degrees The angle in degrees (not radians) - * - * @note These functions use degrees rather than radians to describe the angle. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ - fixed ffsin(int degrees); - fixed ffcos(int degrees); - /** @} - * - * @brief Fast Table Based Trig functions - * @return A fixed point in the range -1.0 .. 0.0 .. 1.0 - * - * @param[in] degrees The angle in degrees 0 .. 359 - * - * @note These functions use degrees rather than radians to describe the angle. - * @note These functions are super fast but require the parameter to be in range. - * Use the lowercase functions if the parameter may not be in range or if a - * required trig function is not supported in this form. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ - #define FFSIN(degrees) sintablefixed[degrees]; - /** @} */ -#endif - -#if GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT - /** - * @brief Fast inverse square root function (x^-1/2) - * @return The approximate inverse square root - * - * @param[in] n The number to find the inverse square root of - * - * @note This function generates an approximate result. Higher accuracy (at the expense - * of speed) can be obtained by modifying the source code (the necessary line - * is already there - just commented out). - * @note This function relies on the internal machine format of a float and a long. - * If your machine architecture is very unusual this function may not work. - * - * @api - */ - float invsqrt(float n); -#endif -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_MISC */ - -#endif /* _GMISC_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gmisc/options.h b/include/gmisc/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06f689ec..00000000 --- a/include/gmisc/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gmisc/options.h - * @brief GMISC - Miscellaneous Routines options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GMISC - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GMISC_OPTIONS_H -#define _GMISC_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GMISC Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Include array operation functions - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS - #define GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include fast fixed point trig functions (sin, cos) - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG - #define GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Include fast inverse square root (x^-1/2) - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT - #define GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GMISC Optional Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Modifies the @p invsqrt() function to assume a different integer to floating point endianness. - * @note Normally the floating point format and the integer format have - * the same endianness. Unfortunately there are some strange - * processors that don't eg. some very early ARM devices. - * For those where the endianness doesn't match you can fix it by - * defining GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN. - * @note This still assumes the processor is using an ieee floating point format. - * - * If you have a software floating point that uses a non-standard - * floating point format (or very strange hardware) then define - * GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW and it will do it the hard way. - */ - #ifndef GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN - #define GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Modifies the @p invsqrt() function to do things the long slow way. - * @note This causes the @p invsqrt() function to work regardless of the - * processor floating point format. - * @note This makes the @p invsqrt() function very slow. - */ - #ifndef GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW - #define GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW FALSE - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GMISC_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gos/chibios.h b/include/gos/chibios.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6373aa43..00000000 --- a/include/gos/chibios.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/chibios.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file for ChibiOS. - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_CHIBIOS_H -#define _GOS_CHIBIOS_H - -#if GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - -#include "ch.h" -#include "hal.h" - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * bool_t, - * int8_t, uint8_t, - * int16_t, uint16_t, - * int32_t, uint32_t, - * size_t - * TRUE, FALSE - * TIME_IMMEDIATE, TIME_INFINITE - * are already defined by ChibiOS - */ - -typedef systime_t delaytime_t; -typedef systime_t systemticks_t; -typedef cnt_t semcount_t; -typedef msg_t threadreturn_t; -typedef tprio_t threadpriority_t; - -#define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT ((semcount_t)(((unsigned long)((semcount_t)(-1))) >> 1)) -#define LOW_PRIORITY LOWPRIO -#define NORMAL_PRIORITY NORMALPRIO -#define HIGH_PRIORITY HIGHPRIO - -#define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) WORKING_AREA(name, sz) -#define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t fnName(void *param) - -typedef struct { - Semaphore sem; - semcount_t limit; - } gfxSem; - -typedef Mutex gfxMutex; -typedef Thread * gfxThreadHandle; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Function declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#define gfxHalt(msg) { chDbgPanic(msg); chSysHalt(); } -#define gfxExit() chSysHalt() -#define gfxAlloc(sz) chHeapAlloc(0, sz) -#define gfxFree(ptr) chHeapFree(ptr) -#define gfxYield() chThdYield() -#define gfxSystemTicks() chTimeNow() -#define gfxMillisecondsToTicks(ms) MS2ST(ms) -#define gfxSystemLock() chSysLock() -#define gfxSystemUnlock() chSysUnlock() -#define gfxMutexInit(pmutex) chMtxInit(pmutex) -#define gfxMutexDestroy(pmutex) (void)pmutex -#define gfxMutexEnter(pmutex) chMtxLock(pmutex) -#define gfxMutexExit(pmutex) chMtxUnlock() -void *gfxRealloc(void *ptr, size_t oldsz, size_t newsz); -void gfxSleepMilliseconds(delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSemInit(gfxSem *psem, semcount_t val, semcount_t limit); -void gfxSemDestroy(gfxSem *psem); -bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSemSignal(gfxSem *psem); -void gfxSemSignalI(gfxSem *psem); -#define gfxSemCounterI(psem) ((psem)->sem.s_cnt) -#define gfxSemCounter(psem) ((psem)->sem.s_cnt) -gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); -#define gfxThreadWait(thread) chThdWait(thread) -#define gfxThreadMe() chThdSelf() -#define gfxThreadClose(thread) (void)thread - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS */ -#endif /* _GOS_CHIBIOS_H */ - diff --git a/include/gos/gos.h b/include/gos/gos.h deleted file mode 100644 index 37335fbb..00000000 --- a/include/gos/gos.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,445 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/gos.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file - * - * @addtogroup GOS - * - * @brief Module to build a uniform abstraction layer between uGFX and the underlying system - * - * @note Some of the routines specified below may be implemented simply as - * a macro to the real operating system call. - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_H -#define _GOS_H - -#if defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /*===========================================================================*/ - /* Type definitions */ - /*===========================================================================*/ - - /** - * @brief Various integer sizes - * @note Your platform may use slightly different definitions to these - * @{ - */ - typedef unsigned char bool_t; - typedef char int8_t; - typedef unsigned char uint8_t; - typedef short int16_t; - typedef unsigned short uint16_t; - typedef long int32_t; - typedef unsigned long uint32_t; - /** - * @} - * - * @brief Various platform (and operating system) dependent types - * @note Your platform may use slightly different definitions to these - * @{ - */ - typedef unsigned long size_t; - typedef unsigned long delaytime_t; - typedef unsigned long systemticks_t; - typedef short semcount_t; - typedef int threadreturn_t; - typedef int threadpriority_t; - - /** - * @brief Declare a thread stack and function - * @{ - */ - #define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t fnName(void *param) - #define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) uint8_t name[sz]; - /* @} */ - - /** - * @} - * - * @brief Various platform (and operating system) constants - * @note Your platform may use slightly different definitions to these - * @{ - */ - #define FALSE 0 - #define TRUE 1 - #define TIME_IMMEDIATE 0 - #define TIME_INFINITE ((delaytime_t)-1) - #define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT ((semcount_t)(((unsigned long)((semcount_t)(-1))) >> 1)) - #define LOW_PRIORITY 0 - #define NORMAL_PRIORITY 1 - #define HIGH_PRIORITY 2 - /* @} */ - - /** - * @brief A semaphore - * @note Your operating system will have a proper definition for this structure - */ - typedef struct {} gfxSem; - - /** - * @brief A mutex - * @note Your operating system will have a proper definition for this structure - */ - typedef struct {} gfxMutex; - - /** - * @brief A thread handle - * @note Your operating system will have a proper definition for this. - */ - typedef void * gfxThreadHandle; - - /*===========================================================================*/ - /* Function declarations. */ - /*===========================================================================*/ - - #ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { - #endif - - /** - * @brief Halt the GFX application due to an error. - * - * @param[in] msg An optional debug message to show (Can be NULL) - * - * @api - */ - void gfxHalt(const char *msg); - - /** - * @brief Exit the GFX application. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxExit(void); - - /** - * @brief Allocate memory - * @return A pointer to the memory allocated or NULL if there is no more memory available - * - * @param[in] sz The size in bytes of the area to allocate - * - * @api - */ - void *gfxAlloc(size_t sz); - - /** - * @brief Re-allocate memory - * @return A pointer to the new memory area or NULL if there is no more memory available - * - * @param[in] ptr The old memory area to be increased/decreased in size - * @param[in] oldsz The size in bytes of the old memory area - * @param[in] newsz The size in bytes of the new memory area - * - * @note Some operating systems don't use the oldsz parameter as they implicitly know the size of - * old memory area. The parameter must always be supplied however for API compatibility. - * @note gfxRealloc() can make the area smaller or larger but may have to return a different pointer. - * If this occurs the new area contains a copy of the data from the old area. The old memory - * pointer should not be used after this routine as the original area may have been freed. - * @note If there is insufficient memory to create the new memory region, NULL is returned and the - * old memory area is left unchanged. - * - * @api - */ - void *gfxRealloc(void *ptr, size_t oldsz, size_t newsz); - - /** - * @brief Free memory - * - * @param[in] ptr The memory to free - * - * @api - */ - void gfxFree(void *ptr); - - /** - * @brief Yield the current thread - * @details Give up the rest of the current time slice for this thread in order to give other threads - * a chance to run. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxYield(void); - - /** - * @brief Put the current thread to sleep for the specified period in milliseconds - * - * @param[in] ms The number milliseconds to sleep - * - * @note Specifying TIME_IMMEDIATE will yield the current thread but return - * on the next time slice. - * @note Specifying TIME_INFINITE will sleep forever. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSleepMilliseconds(delaytime_t ms); - - /** - * @brief Put the current thread to sleep for the specified period in microseconds - * - * @param[in] ms The number microseconds to sleep - * - * @note Specifying TIME_IMMEDIATE will return immediately (no sleeping) - * @note Specifying TIME_INFINITE will sleep forever. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); - - /** - * @brief Get the current operating system tick time - * @return The current tick time - * - * @note A "tick" is an arbitrary period of time that the operating - * system uses to mark time. - * @note The absolute value of this call is relatively meaningless. Its usefulness - * is in calculating periods between two calls to this function. - * @note As the value from this function can wrap it is important that any periods are calculated - * as t2 - t1 and then compared to the desired period rather than comparing - * t1 + period to t2 - * - * @api - */ - systemticks_t gfxSystemTicks(void); - - /** - * @brief Convert a given number of millseconds to a number of operating system ticks - * @return The period in system ticks. - * - * @note A "tick" is an arbitrary period of time that the operating - * system uses to mark time. - * - * @param[in] ms The number of millseconds - * - * @api - */ - systemticks_t gfxMillisecondsToTicks(delaytime_t ms); - - /** - * @brief Lock the operating system to protect a sequence of code - * - * @note Calling this will lock out all other threads from executing even at interrupt level - * within the GFX system. On hardware this may be implemented as a disabling of interrupts, - * however in an operating system which hides real interrupt level code it may simply use a - * mutex lock. - * @note The thread MUST NOT block whilst the system is locked. It must execute in this state for - * as short a period as possible as this can seriously affect interrupt latency on some - * platforms. - * @note While locked only interrupt level (iclass) GFX routines may be called. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSystemLock(void); - - /** - * @brief Unlock the operating system previous locked by gfxSystemLock() - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSystemUnlock(void); - - /** - * @brief Initialise a mutex to protect a region of code from other threads. - * - * @param[in] pmutex A pointer to the mutex - * - * @note Whilst a counting semaphore with a limit of 1 can be used for similiar purposes - * on many operating systems using a seperate mutex structure is more efficient. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxMutexInit(gfxMutex *pmutex); - - /** - * @brief Destroy a Mutex. - * - * @param[in] pmutex A pointer to the mutex - * - * @api - */ - void gfxMutexDestroy(gfxMutex *pmutex); - - /** - * @brief Enter the critical code region protected by the mutex. - * @details Blocks until there is no other thread in the critical region. - * - * @param[in] pmutex A pointer to the mutex - * - * @api - */ - void gfxMutexEnter(gfxMutex *pmutex); - - /** - * @brief Exit the critical code region protected by the mutex. - * @details May cause another thread waiting on the mutex to now be placed into the run queue. - * - * @param[in] pmutex A pointer to the mutex - * - * @api - */ - void gfxMutexExit(gfxMutex *pmutex); - - /** - * @brief Initialise a Counted Semaphore - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * @param[in] val The initial value of the semaphore - * @param[in] limit The maxmimum value of the semaphore - * - * @note Operations defined for counted semaphores: - * Signal: The semaphore counter is increased and if the result is non-positive then a waiting thread - * is queued for execution. Note that once the thread reaches "limit", further signals are - * ignored. - * Wait: The semaphore counter is decreased and if the result becomes negative the thread is queued - * in the semaphore and suspended. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSemInit(gfxSem *psem, semcount_t val, semcount_t limit); - - /** - * @brief Destroy a Counted Semaphore - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * - * @note Any threads waiting on the semaphore will be released - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSemDestroy(gfxSem *psem); - - /** - * @brief Wait on a semaphore - * @details The semaphore counter is decreased and if the result becomes negative the thread waits for it to become - * non-negative again - * @return FALSE if the wait timeout occurred otherwise TRUE - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * @param[in] ms The maximum time to wait for the semaphore - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); - - /** - * @brief Signal a semaphore - * @details The semaphore counter is increased and if the result is non-positive then a waiting thread - * is queued for execution. Note that once the thread reaches "limit", further signals are - * ignored. - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * - * @api - */ - void gfxSemSignal(gfxSem *psem); - - /** - * @brief Signal a semaphore - * @details The semaphore counter is increased and if the result is non-positive then a waiting thread - * is queued for execution. Note that once the thread reaches "limit", further signals are - * ignored. - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * - * @iclass - * @api - */ - void gfxSemSignalI(gfxSem *psem); - - /** - * @brief Get the current semaphore count - * @return The current semaphore count - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * - * @api - */ - semcount_t gfxSemCounter(gfxSem *psem); - - /** - * @brief Get the current semaphore count - * @return The current semaphore count - * - * @param[in] psem A pointer to the semaphore - * - * @iclass - * @api - */ - semcount_t gfxSemCounterI(gfxSem *psem); - - /** - * @brief Start a new thread. - * @return Returns a thread handle if the thread was started, NULL on an error - * - * @param[in] stackarea A pointer to the area for the new threads stack or NULL to dynamically allocate it - * @param[in] stacksz The size of the thread stack. 0 means the default operating system size although this - * is only valid when stackarea is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] prio The priority of the new thread - * @param[in] fn The function the new thread will run - * @param[in] param A parameter to pass the thread function. - * - * @api - */ - gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); - - /** - * @brief Wait for a thread to finish. - * @return Returns the thread exit code. - * - * @param[in] thread The Thread Handle - * - * @note This will also close the thread handle as it is no longer useful - * once the thread has ended. - * @api - */ - threadreturn_t gfxThreadWait(gfxThreadHandle thread); - - /** - * @brief Get the current thread handle. - * @return A thread handle - * - * @api - */ - gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadMe(void); - - /** - * @brief Close the thread handle. - * - * @param[in] thread The Thread Handle - * - * @note This does not affect the thread, it just closes our handle to the thread. - * - * @api - */ - void gfxThreadClose(gfxThreadHandle thread); - - #ifdef __cplusplus - } - #endif - -/** - * All the above was just for the doxygen documentation. All the implementation of the above - * (without any of the documentation overheads) is in the files below. - */ -#elif GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - #include "gos/chibios.h" -#elif GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 - #include "gos/win32.h" -#elif GFX_USE_OS_LINUX - #include "gos/linux.h" -#elif GFX_USE_OS_OSX - #include "gos/osx.h" -#elif GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 - #include "gos/raw32.h" -#else - #error "Your operating system is not supported yet" -#endif - -#endif /* _GOS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gos/linux.h b/include/gos/linux.h deleted file mode 100644 index f8b049e9..00000000 --- a/include/gos/linux.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/linux.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file for LINUX. - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_LINUX_H -#define _GOS_LINUX_H - -#if GFX_USE_OS_LINUX - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* Already defined int8_t, uint8_t, int16_t, uint16_t, int32_t, uint32_t, size_t */ - -typedef int8_t bool_t; -typedef unsigned long systemticks_t; -typedef void * threadreturn_t; -typedef unsigned long delaytime_t; -typedef pthread_t gfxThreadHandle; -typedef int threadpriority_t; -typedef uint32_t semcount_t; -typedef pthread_mutex_t gfxMutex; - -#define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t fnName(void *param) -#define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) uint8_t name[0]; - -#define gfxExit() exit(0) -#define gfxAlloc(sz) malloc(sz) -#define gfxRealloc(p,osz,nsz) realloc(p, nsz) -#define gfxFree(ptr) free(ptr) -#define gfxMillisecondsToTicks(ms) (ms) -#define gfxYield() pthread_yield() -#define gfxThreadMe() pthread_self() -#define gfxThreadClose(th) (void)th -#define gfxMutexInit(pmtx) pthread_mutex_init(pmtx, 0) -#define gfxMutexDestroy(pmtx) pthread_mutex_destroy(pmtx) -#define gfxMutexEnter(pmtx) pthread_mutex_lock(pmtx) -#define gfxMutexExit(pmtx) pthread_mutex_unlock(pmtx) -#define gfxSemSignalI(psem) gfxSemSignal(psem) -#define gfxSemCounterI(pSem) ((pSem)->cnt) - -#define TIME_IMMEDIATE 0 -#define TIME_INFINITE ((delaytime_t)-1) -#define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT ((semcount_t)-1) -#define LOW_PRIORITY 10 -#define NORMAL_PRIORITY 0 -#define HIGH_PRIORITY -10 - -typedef struct gfxSem { - pthread_mutex_t mtx; - pthread_cond_t cond; - semcount_t cnt; - semcount_t max; -} gfxSem; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Function declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -void gfxHalt(const char *msg); -void gfxSleepMilliseconds(delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); -systemticks_t gfxSystemTicks(void); -void gfxSystemLock(void); -void gfxSystemUnlock(void); -void gfxSemInit(gfxSem *psem, semcount_t val, semcount_t limit); -void gfxSemDestroy(gfxSem *psem); -bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSemSignal(gfxSem *psem); -semcount_t gfxSemCounter(gfxSem *pSem); -gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); -threadreturn_t gfxThreadWait(gfxThreadHandle thread); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_OS_LINUX */ - -#endif /* _GOS_LINUX_H */ diff --git a/include/gos/options.h b/include/gos/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4edb35d8..00000000 --- a/include/gos/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/options.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GOS - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_OPTIONS_H -#define _GOS_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GOS The operating system to use. One (and only one) of these must be defined. - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Use ChibiOS - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS - #define GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use Win32 - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 - #define GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a linux based system running X11 - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_OS_LINUX - #define GFX_USE_OS_LINUX FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a Mac OS-X based system - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_OS_OSX - #define GFX_USE_OS_OSX FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use a Raw 32 bit CPU based system - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 - #define GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GOS Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GOS_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gos/osx.h b/include/gos/osx.h deleted file mode 100644 index 56e0551e..00000000 --- a/include/gos/osx.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/osx.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file for Mac OS-X. - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_OSX_H -#define _GOS_OSX_H - -#if GFX_USE_OS_OSX - -#include -#include -#include - -/* Already defined int8_t, uint8_t, int16_t, uint16_t, int32_t, uint32_t, size_t */ - -typedef int8_t bool_t; -typedef unsigned long systemticks_t; -typedef void * threadreturn_t; -typedef unsigned long delaytime_t; -typedef pthread_t gfxThreadHandle; -typedef int threadpriority_t; -typedef uint32_t semcount_t; -typedef pthread_mutex_t gfxMutex; - -#define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t fnName(void *param) -#define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) uint8_t name[0]; - -#define gfxExit() exit(0) -#define gfxAlloc(sz) malloc(sz) -#define gfxRealloc(p,osz,nsz) realloc(p, nsz) -#define gfxFree(ptr) free(ptr) -#define gfxMillisecondsToTicks(ms) (ms) -#define gfxYield() sched_yield() -#define gfxThreadMe() pthread_self() -#define gfxThreadClose(th) (void)th -#define gfxMutexInit(pmtx) pthread_mutex_init(pmtx, 0) -#define gfxMutexDestroy(pmtx) pthread_mutex_destroy(pmtx) -#define gfxMutexEnter(pmtx) pthread_mutex_lock(pmtx) -#define gfxMutexExit(pmtx) pthread_mutex_unlock(pmtx) -#define gfxSemSignalI(psem) gfxSemSignal(psem) -#define gfxSemCounterI(pSem) ((pSem)->cnt) - -#define TIME_IMMEDIATE 0 -#define TIME_INFINITE ((delaytime_t)-1) -#define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT ((semcount_t)-1) -#define LOW_PRIORITY 10 -#define NORMAL_PRIORITY 0 -#define HIGH_PRIORITY -10 - -typedef struct gfxSem { - pthread_mutex_t mtx; - pthread_cond_t cond; - semcount_t cnt; - semcount_t max; -} gfxSem; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Function declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -void gfxHalt(const char *msg); -void gfxSleepMilliseconds(delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); -systemticks_t gfxSystemTicks(void); -void gfxSystemLock(void); -void gfxSystemUnlock(void); -void gfxSemInit(gfxSem *psem, semcount_t val, semcount_t limit); -void gfxSemDestroy(gfxSem *psem); -bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); -void gfxSemSignal(gfxSem *psem); -semcount_t gfxSemCounter(gfxSem *pSem); -gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); -threadreturn_t gfxThreadWait(gfxThreadHandle thread); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_OS_OSX */ - -#endif /* _GOS_OSX_H */ - diff --git a/include/gos/raw32.h b/include/gos/raw32.h deleted file mode 100644 index eb5b5e18..00000000 --- a/include/gos/raw32.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/raw32.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file for any 32 bit processor in bare-metal mode - */ - -/** - * The raw32 GOS implementation supports any 32 bit processor with or without an - * underlying operating system. It uses cooperative multi-tasking. Be careful - * when writing device drivers not to disturb the assumptions this creates by performing - * call-backs to uGFX code unless you define the INTERRUPTS_OFF() and INTERRUPTS_ON() macros. - * It still requires some C runtime library support... - * enough startup to initialise the stack, interrupts, static data etc and call main(). - * setjmp() and longjmp() - for threading - * memcpy() - for heap and threading - * malloc(), realloc and free() - if GOS_RAW_HEAP_SIZE == 0 - * - * You must also define the following routines in your own code so that timing functions will work... - * systemticks_t gfxSystemTicks(void); - * systemticks_t gfxMillisecondsToTicks(delaytime_t ms); - */ -#ifndef _GOS_RAW32_H -#define _GOS_RAW32_H - -#if GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Special Macros just for a Raw implementation */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/** - * @brief Set the maximum size of the heap. - * @note If set to 0 then the C runtime library malloc() and free() are used. - */ -#ifndef GOS_RAW_HEAP_SIZE - #define GOS_RAW_HEAP_SIZE 0 -#endif - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -typedef unsigned char bool_t; -typedef char int8_t; -typedef unsigned char uint8_t; -typedef short int16_t; -typedef unsigned short uint16_t; -typedef int int32_t; -typedef unsigned int uint32_t; - -typedef uint32_t size_t; -typedef uint32_t delaytime_t; -typedef uint32_t systemticks_t; -typedef short semcount_t; -typedef int threadreturn_t; -typedef int threadpriority_t; - -#define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t fnName(void *param) -#define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) uint8_t name[sz]; - -#define TIME_IMMEDIATE 0 -#define TIME_INFINITE ((delaytime_t)-1) -#define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT 0x7FFF -#define LOW_PRIORITY 0 -#define NORMAL_PRIORITY 1 -#define HIGH_PRIORITY 2 - -typedef struct { - semcount_t cnt; - semcount_t limit; -} gfxSem; - -typedef uint32_t gfxMutex; -typedef void * gfxThreadHandle; - -#define gfxThreadClose(thread) -#define gfxMutexDestroy(pmutex) -#define gfxSemDestroy(psem) -#define gfxSemCounter(psem) ((psem)->cnt) -#define gfxSemCounterI(psem) ((psem)->cnt) - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - - #if GOS_RAW_HEAP_SIZE != 0 - void gfxAddHeapBlock(void *ptr, size_t sz); - #endif - - void gfxHalt(const char *msg); - void gfxExit(void); - void *gfxAlloc(size_t sz); - void *gfxRealloc(void *ptr, size_t oldsz, size_t newsz); - void gfxFree(void *ptr); - void gfxYield(void); - void gfxSleepMilliseconds(delaytime_t ms); - void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); - systemticks_t gfxSystemTicks(void); - systemticks_t gfxMillisecondsToTicks(delaytime_t ms); - void gfxSystemLock(void); - void gfxSystemUnlock(void); - void gfxMutexInit(gfxMutex *pmutex); - void gfxMutexEnter(gfxMutex *pmutex); - void gfxMutexExit(gfxMutex *pmutex); - void gfxSemInit(gfxSem *psem, semcount_t val, semcount_t limit); - bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); - void gfxSemSignal(gfxSem *psem); - void gfxSemSignalI(gfxSem *psem); - gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); - threadreturn_t gfxThreadWait(gfxThreadHandle thread); - gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadMe(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_OS_RAW32 */ -#endif /* _GOS_RAW32_H */ - diff --git a/include/gos/win32.h b/include/gos/win32.h deleted file mode 100644 index c704a288..00000000 --- a/include/gos/win32.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gos/win32.h - * @brief GOS - Operating System Support header file for WIN32. - */ - -#ifndef _GOS_WIN32_H -#define _GOS_WIN32_H - -#if GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 - -#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT - #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0501 // Windows XP and up -#endif - -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#include -#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN - -#include - -/* Stop cygwin from defining these types */ -#define __int8_t_defined - -/** - * size_t - * TRUE, FALSE - * are already defined by Win32 - */ -typedef __int8 bool_t; -typedef __int8 int8_t; -typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t; -typedef __int16 int16_t; -typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t; -typedef __int32 int32_t; -typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t; -typedef DWORD delaytime_t; -typedef DWORD systemticks_t; -typedef LONG semcount_t; -typedef DWORD threadreturn_t; -typedef int threadpriority_t; - -#define DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(fnName, param) threadreturn_t WINAPI fnName(void *param) -#define DECLARE_THREAD_STACK(name, sz) uint8_t name[0]; - -#define TIME_IMMEDIATE 0 -#define TIME_INFINITE INFINITE -#define MAX_SEMAPHORE_COUNT ((semcount_t)(((unsigned long)((semcount_t)(-1))) >> 1)) -#define LOW_PRIORITY THREAD_PRIORITY_BELOW_NORMAL -#define NORMAL_PRIORITY THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL -#define HIGH_PRIORITY THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL - -typedef HANDLE gfxSem; -typedef HANDLE gfxMutex; -typedef HANDLE gfxThreadHandle; - -#define gfxExit() ExitProcess(0) -#define gfxAlloc(sz) malloc(sz) -#define gfxRealloc(p,osz,nsz) realloc(p, nsz) -#define gfxFree(ptr) free(ptr) -#define gfxSleepMilliseconds(ms) Sleep(ms) -#define gfxYield() Sleep(0) -#define gfxSystemTicks() GetTickCount() -#define gfxMillisecondsToTicks(ms) (ms) -#define gfxMutexInit(pmutex) *(pmutex) = CreateMutex(0, FALSE, 0) -#define gfxMutexDestroy(pmutex) CloseHandle(*(pmutex)) -#define gfxMutexEnter(pmutex) WaitForSingleObject(*(pmutex), INFINITE) -#define gfxMutexExit(pmutex) ReleaseMutex(*(pmutex)) -#define gfxSemInit(psem, val, limit) *(psem) = CreateSemaphore(0, val, limit, 0) -#define gfxSemDestroy(psem) CloseHandle(*(psem)) -#define gfxSemSignal(psem) ReleaseSemaphore(*(psem), 1, 0) -#define gfxSemSignalI(psem) ReleaseSemaphore(*(psem), 1, 0) -#define gfxSemCounterI(psem) gfxSemCounter(psem) -#define gfxThreadMe() GetCurrentThread() -#define gfxThreadClose(thread) CloseHandle(thread) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Function declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -void gfxHalt(const char *msg); -void gfxSleepMicroseconds(delaytime_t ms); -bool_t gfxSemWait(gfxSem *psem, delaytime_t ms); -semcount_t gfxSemCounter(gfxSem *pSem); -void gfxSystemLock(void); -void gfxSystemUnlock(void); -gfxThreadHandle gfxThreadCreate(void *stackarea, size_t stacksz, threadpriority_t prio, DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION((*fn),p), void *param); -threadreturn_t gfxThreadWait(gfxThreadHandle thread); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_OS_WIN32 */ -#endif /* _GOS_WIN32_H */ - diff --git a/include/gqueue/gqueue.h b/include/gqueue/gqueue.h deleted file mode 100644 index 865d7d8c..00000000 --- a/include/gqueue/gqueue.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gqueue/gqueue.h - * @brief GQUEUE header file. - * - * @addtogroup GQUEUE - * - * @brief Module which provides queue management (only internally used) - * - * @details There are 3 types of queues: - *
  • Asynchronous Queues (ASync) - Queue operations never block
    • - *
  • Get Synchronous Queues (GSync) - Queue Get operations block until something is placed in the Queue
    • - *
  • Put Synchronous Queues (PSync) - Queue Put operations block until the element is removed from the Queue
    • - *
  • Fully Synchronous Queues (FSync) - Queue GET and Put operations block
    • - *
- * We need 4 types of queues even though fully synchronous queues support all operations including asynchronous - * operations because fully synchronous queues have the highest storage requirements. The other queue types are - * optimizations. Efficiency IS important to use (particularly RAM efficiency). - * In practice we only implement ASync, GSync and FSync queues as PSync queues are of dubious value. - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GQUEUE_H -#define _GQUEUE_H - -#if GFX_USE_GQUEUE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** - * @brief A queue - * @{ - */ -typedef struct gfxQueueASync { - struct gfxQueueASyncItem *head; - struct gfxQueueASyncItem *tail; -} gfxQueueASync; - -typedef struct gfxQueueGSync { - struct gfxQueueGSyncItem *head; - struct gfxQueueGSyncItem *tail; - gfxSem sem; -} gfxQueueGSync; - -typedef struct gfxQueueFSync { - struct gfxQueueFSyncItem *head; - struct gfxQueueFSyncItem *tail; - gfxSem sem; -} gfxQueueFSync; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief A queue item - * @{ - */ -typedef struct gfxQueueASyncItem { - struct gfxQueueASyncItem *next; -} gfxQueueASyncItem; - -typedef struct gfxQueueGSyncItem { - struct gfxQueueGSyncItem *next; -} gfxQueueGSyncItem; - -typedef struct gfxQueueFSyncItem { - struct gfxQueueFSyncItem *next; - gfxSem sem; -} gfxQueueFSyncItem; -/* @} */ - - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Function declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise a queue. - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * - * @note Whilst queues are normally FIFO, a GFX queue also supports push and pop operations. - * A pop operation is the same as normal get from the queue but a push places the item - * at the head of the queue instead of the tail (as a put would). - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gfxQueueASyncInit(gfxQueueASync *pqueue); -void gfxQueueGSyncInit(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue); -void gfxQueueFSyncInit(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Get an item from the head of the queue (and remove it from the queue). - * @return NULL if the timeout expires before an item is available - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * @param[in] ms The maxmimum time to wait for an item. For ASync queues this parameter is - * not specified as TIME_IMMEDIATE is assumed. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -gfxQueueASyncItem *gfxQueueASyncGet(gfxQueueASync *pqueue); -gfxQueueGSyncItem *gfxQueueGSyncGet(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue, delaytime_t ms); -gfxQueueFSyncItem *gfxQueueFSyncGet(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue, delaytime_t ms); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Put an item on the end of the queue. - * @return none for ASync and GSync queues; For FSync queues - FALSE on timeout, otherwise TRUE - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * @param[in] pitem A pointer to the queue item - * @param[in] ms The maxmimum time to wait for an item to be removed from the queue (only for FSync queues) - * - * @note FSync: Use a delay time of TIME_IMMEDIATE if you don't want to wait until the - * item is removed from the queue. Note that even if the timeout occurs - the item - * remains in the queue. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gfxQueueASyncPut(gfxQueueASync *pqueue, gfxQueueASyncItem *pitem); -void gfxQueueGSyncPut(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue, gfxQueueGSyncItem *pitem); -bool_t gfxQueueFSyncPut(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue, gfxQueueFSyncItem *pitem, delaytime_t ms); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Pop an item from the head of the queue (and remove it from the queue). - * @details This is exactly the same as the Get operation above. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -#define gfxQueueASyncPop(pqueue) gfxQueueASyncGet(pqueue) -#define gfxQueueGSyncPop(pqueue, ms) gfxQueueGSyncGet(pqueue, ms) -#define gfxQueueFSyncPop(pqueue, ms) gfxQueueFSyncGet(pqueue, ms) -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Push an item into the start of the queue. - * @return none for ASync and GSync queues; For FSync queues - FALSE on timeout, otherwise TRUE - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * @param[in] pitem A pointer to the queue item - * @param[in] ms The maxmimum time to wait for an item to be popped (only for FSync queues) - * - * @note FSync: Use a delay time of TIME_IMMEDIATE if you don't want to wait until the - * item is removed from the queue. Note that even if the timeout occurs - the item - * remains in the queue. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gfxQueueASyncPush(gfxQueueASync *pqueue, gfxQueueASyncItem *pitem); -void gfxQueueGSyncPush(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue, gfxQueueGSyncItem *pitem); -bool_t gfxQueueFSyncPush(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue, gfxQueueFSyncItem *pitem, delaytime_t ms); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Remove an item from the queue. - * @note Removes the specified item from the queue where-ever it is in the queue - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * @param[in] pitem A pointer to the queue item - * - * @note If the item isn't in the queue the routine just returns. - * @note If a process is waiting on the Put/Push operation for the item, that process - * will be signaled. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gfxQueueASyncRemove(gfxQueueASync *pqueue, gfxQueueASyncItem *pitem); -void gfxQueueGSyncRemove(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue, gfxQueueGSyncItem *pitem); -void gfxQueueFSyncRemove(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue, gfxQueueFSyncItem *pitem); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Is the queue empty? - * @return TRUE if the queue is empty - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -bool_t gfxQueueASyncIsEmpty(gfxQueueASync *pqueue); -bool_t gfxQueueGSyncIsEmpty(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue); -bool_t gfxQueueFSyncIsEmpty(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Is an item in the queue? - * @return TRUE if the item is in the queue? - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * @param[in] pitem A pointer to the queue item - * - * @note This operation may be expensive. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -bool_t gfxQueueASyncIsIn(gfxQueueASync *pqueue, const gfxQueueASyncItem *pitem); -bool_t gfxQueueGSyncIsIn(gfxQueueGSync *pqueue, const gfxQueueGSyncItem *pitem); -bool_t gfxQueueFSyncIsIn(gfxQueueFSync *pqueue, const gfxQueueFSyncItem *pitem); -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Get the first item from the head of the queue but do not remove it from the queue. - * @return NULL if no item is available. - * - * @param[in] pqueue A pointer to the queue - * - * @note This call does not block. - * @note This can be used as the first call to iterate all the elements in the queue. - * @note As that item is still on the queue, it should be treated as read-only. It could - * also be removed from the queue at any time by another thread (thereby altering the - * queue item). - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -#define gfxQueueASyncPeek(pqueue) ((const gfxQueueASyncItem *)((pqueue)->head)) -#define gfxQueueGSyncPeek(pqueue) ((const gfxQueueGSyncItem *)((pqueue)->head)) -#define gfxQueueFSyncPeek(pqueue) ((const gfxQueueFSyncItem *)((pqueue)->head)) -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Get the next item in the queue (but do not remove it from the queue). - * @return NULL if no item is available. - * - * @param[in] pitem The previous item in the queue - * - * @note This call does not block. - * @note This can be used as subsequent calls to iterate all the elements in the queue. - * @note As that item is still on the queue, it should be treated as read-only. It could - * also be removed from the queue at any time by another thread (thereby altering the - * queue item). - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -#define gfxQueueASyncNext(pitem) ((const gfxQueueASyncItem *)((pitem)->next)) -#define gfxQueueGSyncNext(pitem) ((const gfxQueueGSyncItem *)((pitem)->next)) -#define gfxQueueFSyncNext(pitem) ((const gfxQueueFSyncItem *)((pitem)->next)) -/* @} */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GQUEUE */ -#endif /* _GQUEUE_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gqueue/options.h b/include/gqueue/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ad6bf37..00000000 --- a/include/gqueue/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gqueue/options.h - * @brief GQUEUE - Queue options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GQUEUE - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GQUEUE_OPTIONS_H -#define _GQUEUE_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GQUEUE Functions to include. - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Enable Asynchronous Queues - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC - #define GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Enable Get-Synchronous Queues - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GQUEUE_NEED_GSYNC - #define GQUEUE_NEED_GSYNC FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Enable Fully Synchronous Queues - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GQUEUE_NEED_FSYNC - #define GQUEUE_NEED_FSYNC FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GQUEUE Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GQUEUE_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gtimer/gtimer.h b/include/gtimer/gtimer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06072c7c..00000000 --- a/include/gtimer/gtimer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gtimer/gtimer.h - * - * @addtogroup GTIMER - * - * @brief Module which provides software based timers for user-space applications - * - * @details The reason why ChibiOS/GFX has it's own timer abstraction is because - * virtual timers provided by ChibiOS/RT are interrupt context only. - * While great for what they are designed for, they make coding of the input - * drivers much more complex. - * For non-performance critical drivers like these input drivers, it would also - * hog an in-ordinate amount of critical (interrupt locked) system time. - * This contrary to the goals of a real-time operating system. So a user-land - * (thread based) timer mechanism is also required. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GTIMER must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GTIMER_H -#define _GTIMER_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GTIMER || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -/* Data part of a static GTimer initialiser */ -#define _GTIMER_DATA() {0,0,0,0,0,0,0} - -/* Static GTimer initialiser */ -#define GTIMER_DECL(name) GTimer name = _GTIMER_DATA() - -/* A callback function (executed in a thread context) */ -typedef void (*GTimerFunction)(void *param); - -/** - * @brief A GTimer structure - */ -typedef struct GTimer_t { - GTimerFunction fn; - void *param; - systemticks_t when; - systemticks_t period; - uint16_t flags; - struct GTimer_t *next; - struct GTimer_t *prev; -} GTimer; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise a timer - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @api - */ -void gtimerInit(GTimer* pt); - -/** - * @brief Deinitialise a timer - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @api - */ -void gtimerDeinit(GTimer* pt); - -/** - * @brief Set a timer going or alter its properties if it is already going. - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * @param[in] fn The callback function - * @param[in] param The parameter to pass to the callback function - * @param[in] periodic Is the timer a periodic timer? FALSE is a once-only timer. - * @param[in] millisec The timer period. The following special values are allowed: - * TIME_IMMEDIATE causes the callback function to be called asap. - * A periodic timer with this value will fire once only. - * TIME_INFINITE never timeout (unless triggered by gtimerJab or gtimerJabI) - * - * @note If the timer is already active its properties are updated with the new parameters. - * The current period will be immediately canceled (without the callback function being - * called) and the timer will be restart with the new timer properties. - * @note The callback function should be careful not to over-run the thread stack. - * Define a new value for the macro GTIME_THREAD_STACK_SIZE if you want to - * change the default size. - * @note The callback function should return as quickly as possible as all - * timer callbacks are performed by a single thread. If a callback function - * takes too long it could affect the timer response for other timers. - * @note A timer callback function is not a replacement for a dedicated thread if the - * function wants to perform computationally expensive stuff. - * @note As the callback function is called on GTIMER's thread, the function must make sure it uses - * appropriate synchronisation controls such as semaphores or mutexes around any data - * structures it shares with other threads such as the main application thread. - * - * @api - */ -void gtimerStart(GTimer *pt, GTimerFunction fn, void *param, bool_t periodic, delaytime_t millisec); - -/** - * @brief Stop a timer (periodic or otherwise) - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @note If the timer is not active this does nothing. - * - * @api - */ -void gtimerStop(GTimer *pt); - -/** - * @brief Test if a timer is currently active - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @return TRUE if active, FALSE otherwise - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gtimerIsActive(GTimer *pt); - -/** - * @brief Jab a timer causing the current period to immediate expire - * @details The callback function will be called as soon as possible. - * - * @pre Use from a normal thread context. - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @note If the timer is not active this does nothing. - * @note Repeated Jabs before the callback function actually happens are ignored. - * - * @api - */ -void gtimerJab(GTimer *pt); - -/** - * @brief Jab a timer causing the current period to immediate expire - * @details The callback function will be called as soon as possible. - * - * @pre Use from an interrupt routine context. - * - * @param[in] pt Pointer to a GTimer structure - * - * @note If the timer is not active this does nothing. - * @note Repeated Jabs before the callback function actually happens are ignored. - * - * @iclass - * @api - */ -void gtimerJabI(GTimer *pt); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GTIMER */ - -#endif /* _GTIMER_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gtimer/options.h b/include/gtimer/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 881db138..00000000 --- a/include/gtimer/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gtimer/options.h - * @brief GTIMER sub-system options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GTIMER - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GTIMER_OPTIONS_H -#define _GTIMER_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GTIMER Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - * - * @name GTIMER Optional Sizing Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Defines the GTIMER thread priority - * @details Defaults to HIGH_PRIORITY - */ - #ifndef GTIMER_THREAD_PRIORITY - #define GTIMER_THREAD_PRIORITY HIGH_PRIORITY - #endif - /** - * @brief Defines the size of the timer threads work area (stack+structures). - * @details Defaults to 2048 bytes - */ - #ifndef GTIMER_THREAD_WORKAREA_SIZE - #define GTIMER_THREAD_WORKAREA_SIZE 2048 - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GTIMER_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/button.h b/include/gwin/button.h deleted file mode 100644 index d11764d6..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/button.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/button.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Button Button - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to easily create buttons with different styles - * and check for different meta states such as: PRESSED, CLICKED, - * RELEASED etc. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_BUTTON must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_BUTTON_H -#define _GWIN_BUTTON_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwidget.h" */ - -/** - * @brief The Event Type for a Button Event - */ -#define GEVENT_GWIN_BUTTON (GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST+0) - -/** - * @brief A Button Event - * @note There are currently no GEventGWinButton listening flags - use 0 as the flags to @p gwinAttachListener() - */ -typedef struct GEventGWinButton { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_GWIN_BUTTON) - GHandle button; // The button that has been depressed (actually triggered on release) -} GEventGWinButton; - -/** - * @brief The button widget structure - * @note Do not use the members directly - treat it as a black-box. - */ -typedef struct GButtonObject { - GWidgetObject w; - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - uint16_t toggle; - #endif -} GButtonObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a button widget. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gb The GButtonObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialisation parameters - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A button remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note A button supports mouse and a toggle input. - * @note When assigning a toggle, only one toggle is supported. If you try to assign more than one toggle it will - * forget the previous toggle. When assigning a toggle the role parameter must be 0. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGButtonCreate(GDisplay *g, GButtonObject *gb, const GWidgetInit *pInit); -#define gwinButtonCreate(gb, pInit) gwinGButtonCreate(GDISP, gb, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Is the button current pressed - * @return TRUE if the button is depressed - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a button widget) - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinButtonIsPressed(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Some custom button drawing routines - * @details These function may be passed to @p gwinSetCustomDraw() to get different button drawing styles - * - * @param[in] gw The widget object (in this case a button) - * @param[in] param A parameter passed in from the user - * - * @note In your custom button drawing function you may optionally call these - * standard functions and then draw your extra details on top. - * @note The standard functions below ignore the param parameter except for @p gwinButtonDraw_Image(). - * @note The image custom draw function @p gwinButtonDraw_Image() uses param to pass in the gdispImage pointer. - * The image must be already opened before calling @p gwinSetCustomDraw(). The image should be 3 - * times the height of the button. The button image is repeated 3 times vertically, the first (top) for - * the "up" image, the 2nd for the "down" image, and the third (bottom) image for the disabled state. If - * the disabled state is never going to be used then the image can be just 2 times the button height. - * No checking is done to compare the size of the button to the size of the image. - * Note text is drawn on top of the image. - * @note These custom drawing routines don't have to worry about setting clipping as the framework - * sets clipping to the object window prior to calling these routines. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gwinButtonDraw_3D(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A standard 3D button -#if GDISP_NEED_ARC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - void gwinButtonDraw_Rounded(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A rounded rectangle button -#endif -#if GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - void gwinButtonDraw_Ellipse(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A circular button -#endif -#if GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - void gwinButtonDraw_ArrowUp(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< An up arrow button - void gwinButtonDraw_ArrowDown(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A down arrow button - void gwinButtonDraw_ArrowLeft(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A left arrow button - void gwinButtonDraw_ArrowRight(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A right arrow button -#endif -#if GDISP_NEED_IMAGE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - void gwinButtonDraw_Image(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< An image button - see the notes above on the param. -#endif -/** @} */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_BUTTON_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/checkbox.h b/include/gwin/checkbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index 946f7e4a..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/checkbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/checkbox.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Checkbox Checkbox - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to easily create a group of checkbox buttons. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_CHECKBOX_H -#define _GWIN_CHECKBOX_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwidget.h" */ - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Driver constants. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#define GEVENT_GWIN_CHECKBOX (GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST+2) - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* Type definitions */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -typedef struct GEventGWinCheckbox { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_GWIN_CHECKBOX) - GHandle checkbox; // The checkbox that has been depressed (actually triggered on release) - bool_t isChecked; // Is the checkbox currently checked or unchecked? -} GEventGWinCheckbox; - -/* A Checkbox window */ -typedef struct GCheckboxObject { - GWidgetObject w; - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - uint16_t toggle; - #endif -} GCheckboxObject; - -/** - * @brief Create a checkbox window. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gb The GCheckboxObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL, the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A checkbox remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note A checkbox supports mouse and a toggle input. - * @note When assigning a toggle, only one toggle is supported. If you try to assign more than one toggle it will - * forget the previous toggle. When assigning a toggle the role parameter must be 0. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGCheckboxCreate(GDisplay *g, GCheckboxObject *gb, const GWidgetInit *pInit); -#define gwinCheckboxCreate(gb, pInit) gwinGCheckboxCreate(GDISP, gb, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Set the state of a checkbox - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a checkbox window) - * @param[in] isChecked TRUE to set the check, FALSE to uncheck. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinCheckboxCheck(GHandle gh, bool_t isChecked); - -/** - * @brief Get the state of a checkbox - * @return TRUE if the checkbox is currently checked - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a checkbox window) - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinCheckboxIsChecked(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Some custom checkbox drawing routines - * @details These function may be passed to @p gwinSetCustomDraw() to get different checkbox drawing styles - * - * @param[in] gw The widget (which must be a checkbox) - * @param[in] param A parameter passed in from the user - * - * @note In your custom checkbox drawing function you may optionally call this - * standard functions and then draw your extra details on top. - * @note The standard functions below ignore the param parameter. - * @note These custom drawing routines don't have to worry about setting clipping as the framework - * sets clipping to the object window prior to calling these routines. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gwinCheckboxDraw_CheckOnLeft(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -void gwinCheckboxDraw_CheckOnRight(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -/* @} */ - -#endif /* _GWIN_CHECKBOX_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/class_gwin.h b/include/gwin/class_gwin.h deleted file mode 100644 index ae5ac756..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/class_gwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/class_gwin.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Internal Internal - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @note These definitions are normally not used by an application program. They are useful - * only if you want to create your own custom GWIN window or widget. - * @note To access these definitions you must include "gwin/class_gwin.h" in your source file. - * - * @{ - */ -#ifndef _CLASS_GWIN_H -#define _CLASS_GWIN_H - -#if GFX_USE_GWIN || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** - * @brief The predefined flags for a Window - * @{ - */ -#define GWIN_FLG_DYNAMIC 0x0001 // @< The GWIN structure is allocated -#define GWIN_FLG_VISIBLE 0x0002 // @< The window is visible -#define GWIN_FLG_MINIMIZED 0x0004 // @< The window is minimized -#define GWIN_FLG_MAXIMIZED 0x0008 // @< The window is maximized -#define GWIN_FLG_ENABLED 0x0010 // @< The window is enabled -#define GWIN_FLG_WIDGET 0x0020 // @< This is a widget -#define GWIN_FLG_ALLOCTXT 0x0040 // @< The widget text is allocated -#define GWIN_FLG_MOUSECAPTURE 0x0080 // @< The widget has captured the mouse -#define GWIN_FIRST_WM_FLAG 0x0100 // @< 4 bits free for the window manager to use -#define GWIN_FIRST_CONTROL_FLAG 0x1000 // @< 4 bits free for Windows and Widgets to use -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The Virtual Method Table for a GWIN window - * @{ - */ -typedef struct gwinVMT { - const char * classname; // @< The GWIN classname (mandatory) - size_t size; // @< The size of the class object - void (*Destroy) (GWindowObject *gh); // @< The GWIN destroy function (optional) - void (*Redraw) (GWindowObject *gh); // @< The GWIN redraw routine (optional) - void (*AfterClear) (GWindowObject *gh); // @< The GWIN after-clear function (optional) -} gwinVMT; -/* @} */ - -#if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - - /** - * @brief An toggle/dial instance is not being used - */ - #define GWIDGET_NO_INSTANCE ((uint16_t)-1) - - /** - * @brief The source handle that widgets use when sending events - */ - #define GWIDGET_SOURCE ((GSourceHandle)(void *)_gwidgetCreate) - - /** - * @brief The Virtual Method Table for a widget - * @note A widget must have a destroy function. Either use @p _gwidgetDestroy() or use your own function - * which internally calls @p _gwidgetDestroy(). - * @note A widget must have a redraw function. Use @p _gwidgetRedraw(). - * @note If toggleroles != 0, ToggleAssign(), ToggleGet() and one or both of ToggleOff() and ToggleOn() must be specified. - * @note If dialroles != 0, DialAssign(), DialGet() and DialMove() must be specified. - * @{ - */ - typedef struct gwidgetVMT { - struct gwinVMT g; // @< This is still a GWIN - void (*DefaultDraw) (GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< The default drawing routine (mandatory) - #if GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE - struct { - void (*MouseDown) (GWidgetObject *gw, coord_t x, coord_t y); // @< Process mouse down events (optional) - void (*MouseUp) (GWidgetObject *gw, coord_t x, coord_t y); // @< Process mouse up events (optional) - void (*MouseMove) (GWidgetObject *gw, coord_t x, coord_t y); // @< Process mouse move events (optional) - }; - #endif - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - struct { - uint16_t toggleroles; // @< The roles supported for toggles (0->toggleroles-1) - void (*ToggleAssign) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role, uint16_t instance); // @< Assign a toggle to a role (optional) - uint16_t (*ToggleGet) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role); // @< Return the instance for a particular role (optional) - void (*ToggleOff) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role); // @< Process toggle off events (optional) - void (*ToggleOn) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role); // @< Process toggle on events (optional) - }; - #endif - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - struct { - uint16_t dialroles; // @< The roles supported for dials (0->dialroles-1) - void (*DialAssign) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role, uint16_t instance); // @< Test the role and save the dial instance handle (optional) - uint16_t (*DialGet) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role); // @< Return the instance for a particular role (optional) - void (*DialMove) (GWidgetObject *gw, uint16_t role, uint16_t value, uint16_t max); // @< Process dial move events (optional) - }; - #endif - } gwidgetVMT; - /* @} */ -#endif - -// These flags are needed whether or not we are running a window manager. -/** - * @brief Flags for redrawing after a visibility change - * @{ - */ -#define GWIN_WMFLG_PRESERVE 0x0001 // @< Preserve whatever existing contents possible if a window can't redraw -#define GWIN_WMFLG_NOBGCLEAR 0x0002 // @< Don't clear the area if the window is not visible -#define GWIN_WMFLG_NOZORDER 0x0004 // @< Don't redraw higher z-order windows that overlap -/* @} */ - -#if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #if 1 // When we know that wmq is the first element of the GWindowObject structure - #define QItem2GWindow(qi) ((GHandle)qi) - #else - #define QItem2GWindow(qi) ((GHandle)(((char *)(qi)) - (size_t)(&(((GWindowObject *)0)->wmq)))) - #endif - - // @note There is only ever one instance of each GWindowManager type - typedef struct GWindowManager { - const struct gwmVMT *vmt; - } GWindowManager; - - /** - * @brief The Virtual Method Table for a window manager - * @{ - */ - typedef struct gwmVMT { - void (*Init) (void); // @< The window manager has just been set as the current window manager - void (*DeInit) (void); // @< The window manager has just been removed as the current window manager - bool_t (*Add) (GHandle gh, const GWindowInit *pInit); // @< A window has been added - void (*Delete) (GHandle gh); // @< A window has been deleted - void (*Redraw) (GHandle gh, int visflags); // @< A window needs to be redraw (or undrawn) - void (*Redim) (GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t w, coord_t h); // @< A window wants to be moved or resized - void (*Raise) (GHandle gh); // @< A window wants to be on top - void (*MinMax) (GHandle gh, GWindowMinMax minmax); // @< A window wants to be minimized/maximised - } gwmVMT; - /* @} */ - - /** - * @brief The list of all windows in the system - */ - extern gfxQueueASync _GWINList; - - /** - * @brief The current window manager - */ - extern GWindowManager * _GWINwm; -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Initialise (and allocate if necessary) the base GWIN object - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to use for this window - * @param[in] pgw The GWindowObject structure. If NULL one is allocated from the heap - * @param[in] pInit The user initialization parameters - * @param[in] vmt The virtual method table for the GWIN object - * @param[in] flags The default flags to use - * - * @return The GHandle of the created window - * - * @notapi - */ -GHandle _gwindowCreate(GDisplay *g, GWindowObject *pgw, const GWindowInit *pInit, const gwinVMT *vmt, uint16_t flags); - -#if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Initialise (and allocate if necessary) the base Widget object - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] pgw The GWidgetObject structure. If NULL one is allocated from the heap - * @param[in] pInit The user initialization parameters - * @param[in] vmt The virtual method table for the Widget object - * - * @return The GHandle of the created widget - * - * @notapi - */ - GHandle _gwidgetCreate(GDisplay *g, GWidgetObject *pgw, const GWidgetInit *pInit, const gwidgetVMT *vmt); - - /** - * @brief Destroy the Widget object - * - * @param[in] gh The widget to destroy - * - * @notapi - */ - void _gwidgetDestroy(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Redraw the Widget object - * - * @param[in] gh The widget to redraw - * - * @notapi - */ - void _gwidgetRedraw(GHandle gh); -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GWIN */ - -#endif /* _CLASS_GWIN_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/console.h b/include/gwin/console.h deleted file mode 100644 index 252b627e..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/console.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/console.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Console Console - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to create a console/terminal like window. - * You can simply use chprintf() to print to the terminal. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_CONSOLE_H -#define _GWIN_CONSOLE_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" */ - -// A console window. Supports wrapped text writing and a cursor. -typedef struct GConsoleObject { - GWindowObject g; - coord_t cx, cy; // Cursor position - - #if GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY - char * buffer; // buffer to store console content - size_t bufsize; // size of buffer - size_t bufpos; // the position of the next char - #endif - - #if GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS && GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM - struct GConsoleWindowStream_t { - const struct GConsoleWindowVMT_t *vmt; - _base_asynchronous_channel_data - } stream; - #endif - -} GConsoleObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a console window. - * @details A console window allows text to be written. - * @note Text in a console window supports newlines and will wrap text as required. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gc The GConsoleObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note On creation even if the window is visible it is not automatically cleared. - * You may do that by calling @p gwinClear() (possibly after changing your background color) - * @note A console does not save the drawing state. It is not automatically redrawn if the window is moved or - * its visibility state is changed. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGConsoleCreate(GDisplay *g, GConsoleObject *gc, const GWindowInit *pInit); -#define gwinConsoleCreate(gc, pInit) gwinGConsoleCreate(GDISP, gc, pInit) - -#if GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS && GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM - /** - * @brief Get a stream from a console window suitable for use with chprintf(). - * @return The stream handle or NULL if this is not a console window. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * - * @note Only useful in ChibiOS - * - * @api - */ - BaseSequentialStream *gwinConsoleGetStream(GHandle gh); -#endif - -#if GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY - /** - * @brief Assign a buffer to keep track of the content while the widget is invisible. - * @pre GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * @param[in] onoff If TRUE a buffer is allocated to maintain console text - * when the console is obscured or invisible. If FALSE, then - * any existing buffer is deallocated. - * @note When the history buffer is turned on, scrolling is implemented using the - * history buffer. - * - * @return TRUE if the history buffer is now turned on. - */ - bool_t gwinConsoleSetBuffer(GHandle gh, bool_t onoff); -#endif - -/** - * @brief Put a character at the cursor position in the window. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character and fills the background using the background drawing color - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * - * @api - */ -void gwinPutChar(GHandle gh, char c); - -/** - * @brief Put a string at the cursor position in the window. It will wrap lines as required. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the string and fills the background using the background drawing color - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * - * @api - */ -void gwinPutString(GHandle gh, const char *str); - -/** - * @brief Put the character array at the cursor position in the window. It will wrap lines as required. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the string and fills the background using the background drawing color - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] n The number of characters to draw - * - * @api - */ -void gwinPutCharArray(GHandle gh, const char *str, size_t n); - -/** - * @brief Print a formatted string at the cursor position in the window. It will wrap lines as required. - * @details This function implements a minimal printf() like functionality - * The general parameters format is: %[-][width|*][.precision|*][l|L]p. - * The following parameter types (p) are supported: - * - x hexadecimal integer. - * - X hexadecimal long. - * - o octal integer. - * - O octal long. - * - d decimal signed integer. - * - D decimal signed long. - * - u decimal unsigned integer. - * - U decimal unsigned long. - * - c character. - * - s string. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the string and fills the background using the background drawing color - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a console window) - * @param[in] fmt The format string (as per printf) - * @param[in] ... The format string arguments. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinPrintf(GHandle gh, const char *fmt, ...); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_CONSOLE_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/graph.h b/include/gwin/graph.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65a64126..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/graph.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/graph.h - * @brief GWIN GRAPH module header file. - * - * @defgroup Graph Graph - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to easily draw graphs. - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_GRAPH must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_GRAPH_H -#define _GWIN_GRAPH_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" */ - -typedef enum GGraphPointType_e { - GGRAPH_POINT_NONE, GGRAPH_POINT_DOT, GGRAPH_POINT_SQUARE, GGRAPH_POINT_CIRCLE - } GGraphPointType; - -typedef struct GGraphPointStyle_t { - GGraphPointType type; - coord_t size; - color_t color; - } GGraphPointStyle; - -typedef enum GGraphLineType_e { - GGRAPH_LINE_NONE, GGRAPH_LINE_SOLID, GGRAPH_LINE_DOT, GGRAPH_LINE_DASH - } GGraphLineType; - -typedef struct GGraphLineStyle_t { - GGraphLineType type; - coord_t size; - color_t color; - } GGraphLineStyle; - -typedef struct GGraphGridStyle_t { - GGraphLineType type; - coord_t size; - color_t color; - coord_t spacing; - } GGraphGridStyle; - -typedef struct GGraphStyle_t { - GGraphPointStyle point; - GGraphLineStyle line; - GGraphLineStyle xaxis; - GGraphLineStyle yaxis; - GGraphGridStyle xgrid; - GGraphGridStyle ygrid; - uint16_t flags; - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS 0x0001 - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS 0x0002 - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS 0x0004 - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS 0x0008 - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_POSITIVE_AXIS_ARROWS (GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS|GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS) - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_NEGATIVE_AXIS_ARROWS (GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS|GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS) - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_ARROWS (GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS|GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS) - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_ARROWS (GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_POSITIVE_ARROWS|GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_NEGATIVE_ARROWS) - #define GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_ALL_AXIS_ARROWS (GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_XAXIS_ARROWS|GWIN_GRAPH_STYLE_YAXIS_ARROWS) -} GGraphStyle; - -// A graph window -typedef struct GGraphObject { - GWindowObject g; - GGraphStyle style; - coord_t xorigin, yorigin; - coord_t lastx, lasty; - } GGraphObject; - -/*===========================================================================*/ -/* External declarations. */ -/*===========================================================================*/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a graph window. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gg The GGraphObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note The dimensions and position may be changed to fit on the real screen. - * @note A graph does not save the drawing state. It is not automatically redrawn if the window is moved or - * its visibility state is changed. - * @note The coordinate system within the window for graphing operations (but not for any other drawing - * operation) is relative to the bottom left corner and then shifted right and up by the specified - * graphing x and y origin. Note that this system is inverted in the y direction relative to the display. - * This gives the best graphing arrangement ie. increasing y values are closer to the top of the display. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGGraphCreate(GDisplay *g, GGraphObject *gg, const GWindowInit *pInit); -#define gwinGraphCreate(gg, pInit) gwinGGraphCreate(GDISP, gg, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Set the style of the graphing operations. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * @param[in] pstyle The graph style to set. - * @note The graph is not automatically redrawn. The new style will apply to any new drawing operations. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphSetStyle(GHandle gh, const GGraphStyle *pstyle); - -/** - * @brief Set the origin for graphing operations. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * @param[in] x, y The new origin for the graph (in graph coordinates relative to the bottom left corner). - * @note The graph is not automatically redrawn. The new origin will apply to any new drawing operations. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphSetOrigin(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y); - -/** - * @brief Draw the axis and the background grid. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * @note The graph is not automatically cleared. You must do that first by calling gwinClear(). - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphDrawAxis(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Start a new set of graphing data. - * @details This prevents a line being drawn from the last data point to the next point to be drawn. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphStartSet(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Draw a graph point. - * @details A graph point and a line connecting to the previous point will be drawn. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * @param[in] x, y The new point for the graph. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphDrawPoint(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y); - -/** - * @brief Draw multiple graph points. - * @details A graph point and a line connecting to each previous point will be drawn. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a graph window) - * @param[in] points The array of points for the graph. - * @param[in] count The number of points in the array. - * @note This is slightly more efficient than calling gwinGraphDrawPoint() repeatedly. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinGraphDrawPoints(GHandle gh, const point *points, unsigned count); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_GRAPH_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/gwidget.h b/include/gwin/gwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index a18d69b6..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/gwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/gwidget.h - * @brief GWIN Widgets header file. - */ - -#ifndef _GWIDGET_H -#define _GWIDGET_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" */ - -/** - * @defgroup Widget Widget - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details A Widget is a GWindow that supports interacting with the user - * via an input device such as a mouse or toggle buttons. It is the - * base class for widgets such as buttons and sliders. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN and GWIN_NEED_WIDGET must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -// Forward definition -struct GWidgetObject; - -/** - * @brief The GColorSet structure - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GColorSet { - color_t text; // @< The text color - color_t edge; // @< The edge color - color_t fill; // @< The fill color - color_t progress; // @< The color of progress bars -} GColorSet; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The GWidgetStyle structure - * @details A GWidgetStyle is a set of colors that together form a "style". - * These colors should not be confused with the GWindow foreground - * and background colors which are used for drawing operations. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GWidgetStyle { - color_t background; // @< The window background color - GColorSet enabled; // @< The colors when enabled - GColorSet disabled; // @< The colors when disabled - GColorSet pressed; // @< The colors when pressed -} GWidgetStyle; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief We define a couple of GWidgetStyle's that you can use in your - * application. The Black style is the default style if you don't - * specify one. - * @note BlackWidgetStyle means that it is designed for a Black background. - * Similarly WhiteWidgetStyle is designed for a White background. - * @{ - */ -extern const GWidgetStyle BlackWidgetStyle; -extern const GWidgetStyle WhiteWidgetStyle; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief Defines a custom drawing function for a widget - */ -typedef void (*CustomWidgetDrawFunction)(struct GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); - -/** - * @brief The structure to initialise a widget. - * - * @note Some widgets may have extra parameters. - * @note The text element must be static string (not stack allocated). If you want to use - * a dynamic string (eg a stack allocated string) use NULL for this member and then call - * @p gwinSetText() with useAlloc set to TRUE. - * - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GWidgetInit { - GWindowInit g; // @< The GWIN initializer - const char * text; // @< The initial text - CustomWidgetDrawFunction customDraw; // @< A custom draw function - use NULL for the standard - void * customParam; // @< A parameter for the custom draw function (default = NULL) - const GWidgetStyle * customStyle; // @< A custom style to use - use NULL for the default style -} GWidgetInit; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The GWIN Widget structure - * @note A widget is a GWIN window that accepts user input. - * It also has a number of other properties such as its ability - * to redraw itself (a widget maintains drawing state). - * @note Do not access the members directly. Treat it as a black-box and use the method functions. - * - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GWidgetObject { - GWindowObject g; // @< This is still a GWIN - const char * text; // @< The widget text - CustomWidgetDrawFunction fnDraw; // @< The current draw function - void * fnParam; // @< A parameter for the current draw function - const GWidgetStyle * pstyle; // @< The current widget style colors -} GWidgetObject; -/* @} */ - -/** - * A comment/rant on the above structure: - * We would really like the GWindowObject member to be anonymous. While this is - * allowed under the C11, C99, GNU and various other standards which have been - * around forever - compiler support often requires special flags e.g - * gcc requires the -fms-extensions flag (no wonder the language and compilers have - * not really progressed in 30 years). As portability is a key requirement - * we unfortunately won't use this useful feature in case we get a compiler that - * won't support it even with special flags. - */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Set the default style for widgets created hereafter. - * - * @param[in] pstyle The default style. Passing NULL uses the system compiled style. - * @param[in] updateAll If TRUE then all existing widgets that are using the current default style - * will be updated to use this new style. Widgets that have custom styles different - * from the default style will not be updated. - * - * @note The style must be allocated statically (not on the stack) as only the pointer is stored. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSetDefaultStyle(const GWidgetStyle *pstyle, bool_t updateAll); - -/** - * @brief Get the current default style. - * - * @return The current default style. - * - * @api - */ -const GWidgetStyle *gwinGetDefaultStyle(void); - -/** - * @brief Set the text of a widget. - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * @param[in] text The text to set. This must be a constant string unless useAlloc is set. - * @param[in] useAlloc If TRUE the string specified will be copied into dynamically allocated memory. - * - * @note The widget is automatically redrawn - * @note Non-widgets will ignore this call. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSetText(GHandle gh, const char *text, bool_t useAlloc); - -/** - * @brief Get the text of a widget. - * @return The widget text or NULL if it isn't a widget - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * - * @api - */ -const char *gwinGetText(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Set the style of a widget. - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * @param[in] pstyle The style to set. This must be a static structure (not allocated on a transient stack). - * Use NULL to reset to the default style. - * - * @note The widget is automatically redrawn - * @note Non-widgets will ignore this call. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSetStyle(GHandle gh, const GWidgetStyle *pstyle); - -/** - * @brief Get the style of a widget. - * @return The widget style or NULL if it isn't a widget - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * - * @api - */ -const GWidgetStyle *gwinGetStyle(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Set the routine to perform a custom widget drawing. - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * @param[in] fn The function to use to draw the widget - * @param[in] param A parameter to pass to the widget drawing function - * - * @note The widget is not automatically redrawn. Call @p gwinDraw() to redraw the widget. - * @note Non-widgets will ignore this call. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSetCustomDraw(GHandle gh, CustomWidgetDrawFunction fn, void *param); - -/** - * @brief Attach a Listener to listen for widget events - * @return TRUE on success - * - * @param[in] pl The listener - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinAttachListener(GListener *pl); - -#if GFX_USE_GINPUT && GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE - /** - * @brief Set the mouse to be used to control the widgets - * @return TRUE on success - * - * @param[in] instance The mouse instance - * - * @note Every widget uses the same mouse. - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gwinAttachMouse(uint16_t instance); -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GINPUT && GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - /** - * @brief Attach a toggle to a widget - * @return TRUE on success - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * @param[in] role The function the toggle will perform for the widget - * @param[in] instance The toggle instance - * - * @note See the documentation on the specific widget to see the possible - * values for the role parameter. If it is out of range, this function - * will return FALSE - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gwinAttachToggle(GHandle gh, uint16_t role, uint16_t instance); -#endif - -#if GFX_USE_GINPUT && GINPUT_NEED_DIAL - /** - * @brief Attach a toggle to a widget - * @return TRUE on success - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle - * @param[in] role The function the dial will perform for the widget - * @param[in] instance The dial instance - * - * @note See the documentation on the specific widget to see the possible - * values for the role parameter. If it is out of range, this function - * will return FALSE - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gwinAttachDial(GHandle gh, uint16_t role, uint16_t instance); -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -/* Include extra widget types */ -#if GWIN_NEED_BUTTON || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/button.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_SLIDER || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/slider.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/checkbox.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_RADIO || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/radio.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_LABEL || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/label.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_LIST || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/list.h" -#endif - -#if GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/progressbar.h" -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIDGET_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/gwin.h b/include/gwin/gwin.h deleted file mode 100644 index f97919e5..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/gwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,863 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/gwin.h - * - * @defgroup Window Window - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN provides a basic window manager which allows it to easily - * create and destroy different windows at runtime. Each window - * will have it's own properties such as colors as well as - * it's own drawing origin. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_H -#define _GWIN_H - -#include "gfx.h" - -#if GFX_USE_GWIN || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** - * @brief A window object structure - * @note Do not access the members directly. Treat it as a black-box and use the method functions. - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GWindowObject { - #if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER - // This MUST be the first member of the struct - gfxQueueASyncItem wmq; // @< The next window (for the window manager) - #endif - const struct gwinVMT *vmt; // @< The VMT for this GWIN - GDisplay * display; // @< The display this window is on. - coord_t x, y; // @< Screen relative position - coord_t width, height; // @< Dimensions of this window - color_t color, bgcolor; // @< The current drawing colors - uint32_t flags; // @< Window flags (the meaning is private to the GWIN class) - #if GDISP_NEED_TEXT - font_t font; // @< The current font - #endif -} GWindowObject, * GHandle; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief The structure to initialise a GWIN. - * - * @note Some gwin's will need extra parameters. - * @note The dimensions and position may be changed to fit on the real screen. - * - * @{ - */ -typedef struct GWindowInit { - coord_t x, y; // @< The initial screen position - coord_t width, height; // @< The initial dimension - bool_t show; // @< Should the window be visible initially -} GWindowInit; -/* @} */ - -/** - * @brief A window's minimized, maximized or normal size - */ -typedef enum { GWIN_NORMAL, GWIN_MAXIMIZE, GWIN_MINIMIZE } GWindowMinMax; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Window Manager functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - // Forward definition - struct GWindowManager; - - /** - * @brief Set the window manager for the GWIN system. - * - * @param[in] gwm The window manager to use. Can be NULL to turn off the existing window manager. - * - * @note A window manager is responsible for handling when window visibility is changed or - * a window is resized for moved. Note that only saved window states will be redrawn. Each - * window type can save different information (or none at all). See the documentation on each window - * type to see which information it saves (and can therefore be automatically redrawn). - * For window types that do not save any state information, the window manager determines what to do. - * Generally it will just clear the window to its background color. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetWindowManager(struct GWindowManager *gwm); -#endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Functions that affect all windows - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - /** - * @brief Set the default foreground color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @param[in] clr The color to be set - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetDefaultColor(color_t clr); - - /** - * @brief Get the default foreground color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @return The current default color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @api - */ - color_t gwinGetDefaultColor(void); - - /** - * @brief Set the default background color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @param[in] bgclr The background color - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetDefaultBgColor(color_t bgclr); - - /** - * @brief Get the default background color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @return The current default background color for all new GWIN windows - * - * @api - */ - color_t gwinGetDefaultBgColor(void); - - #if GDISP_NEED_TEXT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Set the default font for all new GWIN windows - * - * @param[in] font The new font to be set - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetDefaultFont(font_t font); - - /** - * @brief Get the current default font - * - * @return The current default font - * - * @api - */ - font_t gwinGetDefaultFont(void); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Base functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - /** - * @brief Create a basic window. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] pgw The window structure to initialize. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit How to initialise the window - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A basic window does not save the drawing state. It is not automatically redrawn if the window is moved or - * its visibility state is changed. - * - * @api - */ - GHandle gwinGWindowCreate(GDisplay *g, GWindowObject *pgw, const GWindowInit *pInit); - #define gwinWindowCreate(pgw, pInit) gwinGWindowCreate(GDISP, pgw, pInit); - - /** - * @brief Destroy a window (of any type). Releases any dynamically allocated memory. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDestroy(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Get the real class name of the GHandle - * @details Returns a string describing the object class. - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @return A string describing the object class. - * - * @api - */ - const char* gwinGetClassName(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Get an ID that uniquely describes the class of the GHandle - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetClassID(gh) ((void *)((gh)->vmt)) - - /** - * @brief Get the X coordinate of the window - * @details Returns the X coordinate of the origin of the window. - * The coordinate is relative to the physical screen zero point. - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetScreenX(gh) ((gh)->x) - - /** - * @brief Get the Y coordinate of the window - * @details Returns the Y coordinate of the origin of the window. - * The coordinate is relative to the physical screen zero point. - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetScreenY(gh) ((gh)->y) - - /** - * @brief Get the width of the window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetWidth(gh) ((gh)->width) - - /** - * @brief Get the height of the window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetHeight(gh) ((gh)->height) - - /** - * @brief Set foreground color - * @details Set the color which will be used to draw - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] clr The color to be set - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinSetColor(gh, clr) (gh)->color = (clr) - - /** - * @brief Set background color - * @details Set the color which will be used as background - * @note gwinClear() must be called to set the background color - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] bgclr The background color - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinSetBgColor(gh, bgclr) (gh)->bgcolor = (bgclr) - - /** - * @brief Get the foreground color of a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetColor(gh) (gh)->color - - /** - * @brief Get the background color of a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - #define gwinGetBgColor(gh) (gh)->bgcolor - - /** - * @brief Sets whether a window is visible or not - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] visible Whether the window should be visible or not - * - * @note When a window is marked as not visible, drawing operations - * on the window do nothing. - * @note When a window is marked as visible, it is not automatically - * redrawn as many window types don't remember their drawing state. - * Widgets such as Buttons, Sliders etc will be redrawn. - * @note If there is no window manager in use, when a window is marked - * as not visible, nothing is done to remove the window from the screen. - * When there is a window manager, it is up to the window manager to - * handle what happens. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetVisible(GHandle gh, bool_t visible); - - /** - * @brief Gets the visibility of a window - * @return TRUE if visible - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gwinGetVisible(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Enable or disable a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] enabled Enable or disable the window - * - * @note The window is automatically redrawn if it - * supports self-redrawing. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetEnabled(GHandle gh, bool_t enabled); - - /** - * @brief Gets the enabled state of a window - * @return TRUE if enabled - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - bool_t gwinGetEnabled(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Move a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] x, y The new position (screen relative) for this window - * - * @note The final window position may not be the requested position. Windows - * are clipped to the screen area and the window manager may also affect the position. - * @note The window is redrawn if it is visible. See the comments in @p gwinSetVisible() - * with regard to what can be redrawn and what can't. - * @note It is up to the window manager to determine what happens with the screen area - * uncovered by moving the window. When there is no window manager, nothing - * is done with the uncovered area. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinMove(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y); - - /** - * @brief Resize a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] width, height The new size of the window - * - * @note The final window size may not be the requested size. Windows - * are clipped to the screen area and the window manager may also affect the size. - * @note The window is redrawn if it is visible. See the comments in @p gwinSetVisible() - * with regard to what can be redrawn and what can't. - * @note It is up to the window manager to determine what happens with any screen area - * uncovered by resizing the window. When there is no window manager, nothing - * is done with the uncovered area. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinResize(GHandle gh, coord_t width, coord_t height); - - /** - * @brief Redraw a window - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @note This is normally never required as windows and widgets will redraw as required. - * Note that some windows are incapable of redrawing themselves as they don't save - * their drawing state. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinRedraw(GHandle gh); - - #if GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER || defined (__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Redraw a window - * - * @param[in] g The display to redraw. Passing NULL will redraw all displays. - * @param[in] preserve Should the redraw try to preserve existing screen data for those - * windows that can't redraw themselves? - * - * @note This is normally never required as windows and widgets will redraw as required. - * @note Some windows are incapable of redrawing themselves as they don't save - * their drawing state. - * @note This does not clear the background - just redraws the gwin windows (where possible) - * - * @api - */ - void gwinRedrawDisplay(GDisplay *g, bool_t preserve); - - /** - * @brief Minimize, Maximize or Restore a window - * @pre GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER must be TRUE - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * @param[in] minmax The new minimized/maximized state - * - * @note The final window state may not be the requested state. Window Managers - * do not need to implement changing the minmax state. If there is no - * window manager this call is ignored. - * @note The window is redrawn if it is changed. See the comments in @p gwinSetVisible() - * with regard to what can be redrawn and what can't. - * @note It is up to the window manager to determine what happens with any screen area - * uncovered by resizing the window. - * @note When a window is minimised it may be asked to draw the window or the window - * manager may draw the minimised window. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetMinMax(GHandle gh, GWindowMinMax minmax); - - /** - * @brief Get the Minimized/Maximized state of a window - * @pre GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER must be TRUE - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @api - */ - GWindowMinMax gwinGetMinMax(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Raise a window to the top of the z-order - * @pre GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER must be TRUE - * - * @param[in] gh The window - * - * @note The window z-order is only supported by some window managers. See the comments - * in @p gwinSetVisible() with regard to what can be redrawn and what can't. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinRaise(GHandle gh); - #endif - - #if GDISP_NEED_TEXT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Set the current font for this window. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] font The font to use for text functions - * - * @api - */ - void gwinSetFont(GHandle gh, font_t font); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Drawing functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - /** - * @brief Clear the window - * @note Uses the current background color to clear the window - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * - * @api - */ - void gwinClear(GHandle gh); - - /** - * @brief Set a pixel in the window - * @note Uses the current foreground color to set the pixel - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The coordinates of the pixel - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawPixel(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y); - - /** - * @brief Draw a line in the window - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the line - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x0,y0 The start position - * @param[in] x1,y1 The end position - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawLine(GHandle gh, coord_t x0, coord_t y0, coord_t x1, coord_t y1); - - /** - * @brief Draw a box in the window - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the box - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawBox(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy); - - /** - * @brief Fill an rectangular area in the window - * @note Uses the current foreground color to fill the box - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The start position - * @param[in] cx,cy The size of the box (outside dimensions) - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillArea(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy); - - /** - * @brief Fill an area in the window using the supplied bitmap. - * @details The bitmap is in the pixel format specified by the low level driver - * @note If GDISP_NEED_ASYNC is defined then the buffer must be static - * or at least retained until this call has finished the blit. You can - * tell when all graphics drawing is finished by @p gdispIsBusy() going FALSE. - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x, y The start filled area - * @param[in] cx, cy The width and height to be filled - * @param[in] srcx, srcy The bitmap position to start the fill from - * @param[in] srccx The width of a line in the bitmap. - * @param[in] buffer The pixels to use to fill the area. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinBlitArea(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t srcx, coord_t srcy, coord_t srccx, const pixel_t *buffer); - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Circle, ellipse and arc functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - #if GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a circle in the window. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the circle - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x, y The center of the circle - * @param[in] radius The radius of the circle - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawCircle(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius); - - /** - * @brief Draw a filled circle in the window. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the filled circle - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x, y The center of the circle - * @param[in] radius The radius of the circle - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillCircle(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius); - #endif - - #if GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw an ellipse. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the ellipse - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The center of the ellipse - * @param[in] a,b The dimensions of the ellipse - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawEllipse(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t a, coord_t b); - - /** - * @brief Draw an filled ellipse. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the filled ellipse - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The center of the ellipse - * @param[in] a,b The dimensions of the ellipse - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillEllipse(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t a, coord_t b); - #endif - - #if GDISP_NEED_ARC || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /* - * @brief Draw an arc in the window. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the arc - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The center point - * @param[in] radius The radius of the arc - * @param[in] start The start angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] end The end angle (0 to 360) - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawArc(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, coord_t startangle, coord_t endangle); - - /* - * @brief Draw a filled arc in the window. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the filled arc - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The center point - * @param[in] radius The radius of the arc - * @param[in] start The start angle (0 to 360) - * @param[in] end The end angle (0 to 360) - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillArc(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t radius, coord_t startangle, coord_t endangle); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Pixel read-back functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - #if GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Get the color of a pixel in the window. - * @return The color of the pixel. - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position in the window - * - * @api - */ - color_t gwinGetPixelColor(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Text functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - #if GDISP_NEED_TEXT || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw a text character at the specified position in the window. - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawChar(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, char c); - - /** - * @brief Draw a text character with a filled background at the specified position in the window. - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character and fills the background using the background drawing color - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] c The character to draw - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillChar(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, char c); - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string in the window - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawString(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, const char *str); - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string with a filled background in the window - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character and fills the background using the background drawing color - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillString(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, const char *str); - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string verticly centered within the specified box. - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character. - * @note The specified box does not need to align with the window box - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text (need to define top-right or base-line - check code) - * @param[in] cx,cy The width and height of the box - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] justify Justify the text left, center or right within the box - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawStringBox(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, const char* str, justify_t justify); - - /** - * @brief Draw a text string verticly centered within the specified filled box. - * @pre The font must have been set. - * @note Uses the current foreground color to draw the character and fills the background using the background drawing color - * @note The entire box is filled. Note this box does not need to align with the window box - * @note May leave GDISP clipping to this window's dimensions - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] x,y The position for the text (need to define top-right or base-line - check code) - * @param[in] cx,cy The width and height of the box - * @param[in] str The string to draw - * @param[in] justify Justify the text left, center or right within the box - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillStringBox(GHandle gh, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, const char* str, justify_t justify); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Polygon functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - #if GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw an enclosed polygon (convex, non-convex or complex). - * - * @note Uses the current foreground color. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] tx, ty Transform all points in pntarray by tx, ty - * @param[in] pntarray An array of points - * @param[in] cnt The number of points in the array - * - * @api - */ - void gwinDrawPoly(GHandle gh, coord_t tx, coord_t ty, const point *pntarray, unsigned cnt); - - /** - * @brief Fill a convex polygon - * @details Doesn't handle non-convex or complex polygons. - * - * @note Uses the current foreground color. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] tx, ty Transform all points in pntarray by tx, ty - * @param[in] pntarray An array of points - * @param[in] cnt The number of points in the array - * - * @note Convex polygons are those that have no internal angles. That is; - * you can draw a line from any point on the polygon to any other point - * on the polygon without it going outside the polygon. In our case we generalise - * this a little by saying that an infinite horizontal line (at any y value) will cross - * no more than two edges on the polygon. Some non-convex polygons do fit this criteria - * and can therefore be drawn. - * @note This routine is designed to be very efficient with even simple display hardware. - * - * @api - */ - void gwinFillConvexPoly(GHandle gh, coord_t tx, coord_t ty, const point *pntarray, unsigned cnt); - #endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Image functions - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - #if GDISP_NEED_IMAGE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Draw the image - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle - * @param[in] img The image structure - * @param[in] x,y The window location to draw the image - * @param[in] cx,cy The area on the screen to draw - * @param[in] sx,sy The image position to start drawing at - * - * @pre gdispImageOpen() must have returned successfully. - * - * @note If sx,sy + cx,cy is outside the image boundaries the area outside the image - * is simply not drawn. - * @note If @p gdispImageCache() has been called first for this frame, this routine will draw using a - * fast blit from the cached frame. If not, it reads the input and decodes it as it - * is drawing. This may be significantly slower than if the image has been cached (but - * uses a lot less RAM) - * - * @api - */ - gdispImageError gwinDrawImage(GHandle gh, gdispImage *img, coord_t x, coord_t y, coord_t cx, coord_t cy, coord_t sx, coord_t sy); - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -/*------------------------------------------------- - * Additional functionality - *-------------------------------------------------*/ - - /* Include widgets */ - #if GWIN_NEED_WIDGET || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/gwidget.h" - #endif - - /* Include extra window types */ - #if GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/console.h" - #endif - - #if GWIN_NEED_GRAPH || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/graph.h" - #endif - - #if GWIN_NEED_IMAGE || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - #include "gwin/image.h" - #endif - -#endif /* GFX_USE_GWIN */ - -#endif /* _GWIN_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/image.h b/include/gwin/image.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66aba3d1..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/image.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/image.h - * @brief GWIN image widget header file. - * - * @defgroup Image Image - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allos it to create an image widget. The widget - * takes no user input. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GDISP must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GDISP_NEED_IMAGE must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_IMAGE must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre At least one image type must be enabled in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_IMAGE_H -#define _GWIN_IMAGE_H - -// This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" - -// An image window -typedef struct GImageObject { - GWindowObject g; - gdispImage image; // The image itself - #if GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION - GTimer timer; // Timer used for animated images - #endif -} GImageObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create an image widget. - * @details Display's a picture. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise the widget handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] widget The image widget structure to initialise. If this is NULL, the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use. - * - * @note The default background color gets set to the current default one. - * @note An image window knows how to redraw. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGImageCreate(GDisplay *g, GImageObject *widget, GWindowInit *pInit); -#define gwinImageCreate(w, pInit) gwinGImageCreate(GDISP, w, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Opens the image using a GFILE - * @return TRUE if the image can be opened - * - * @param[in] gh The widget (must be an image widget) - * @param[in] f The open (for reading) GFILE to use - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinImageOpenGFile(GHandle gh, GFILE *f); - -/** - * @brief Opens the image using the specified filename - * @return TRUE if the open succeeds - * - * @param[in] gh The widget (must be an image widget) - * @param[in] filename The filename to open - * - * @api - */ -#define gwinImageOpenFile(gh, filename) gwinImageOpenGFile((gh), gfileOpen((filename), "rb")) - - /** - * @brief Sets the input routines that support reading the image from memory - * in RAM or flash. - * @pre GFILE_NEED_MEMFS must be TRUE - * @return TRUE if the IO open function succeeds - * - * @param[in] gh The widget (must be an image widget) - * @param[in] ptr A pointer to the image in RAM or Flash - * - * @api - */ -#define gwinImageOpenMemory(gh, ptr) gwinImageOpenGFile((gh), gfileOpenMemory((void *)(ptr), "rb")) - -/** - * @brief Sets the input routines that support reading the image from a BaseFileStream (eg. an SD-Card). - * @return TRUE if the IO open function succeeds - * @pre GFILE_NEED_CHIBIOSFS and GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS must be TRUE - * - * @param[in] gh The widget (must be an image widget) - * @param[in] streamPtr A pointer to the (open) BaseFileStream object. - * - * @api - */ -#define gwinImageOpenStream(gh, streamPtr) gwinImageOpenGFile((gh), gfileOpenBaseFIleStream((streamPtr), "rb")) - -/** - * @brief Cache the image. - * @details Decodes and caches the current frame into RAM. - * - * @param[in] gh The widget (must be an image widget) - * - * @return GDISP_IMAGE_ERR_OK (0) on success or an error code. - * - * @api - */ -gdispImageError gwinImageCache(GHandle gh); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif // _GWIN_IMAGE_H -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/label.h b/include/gwin/label.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3fe0f3d7..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/label.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/label.h - * @brief GWIN label widget header file. - * - * @defgroup Label Label - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allos it to create an label widget. The widget - * takes no user input. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GDISP must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GDISP_NEED_TEXT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_LABEL must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre The fonts you want to use must be enabled in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_LABEL_H -#define _GWIN_LABEL_H - -// This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" - -// An label window -typedef struct GLabelObject { - GWidgetObject w; -} GLabelObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a label widget. - * @details A label widget is a simple window which has a static text. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] widget The label structure to initialise. If this is NULL, the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialisation parameters to use. - * - * @return NULL if there is no resultat drawing area, otherwise the widget handle. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGLabelCreate(GDisplay *g, GLabelObject *widget, GWidgetInit *pInit); -#define gwinLabelCreate(w, pInit) gwinGLabelCreate(GDISP, w, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Border settings for the default rendering routine - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] border Shall a border be rendered? - * - * @api - */ -void gwinLabelSetBorder(GHandle gh, bool_t border); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif // _GWIN_LABEL_H -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/list.h b/include/gwin/list.h deleted file mode 100644 index cfe6aeb2..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/list.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,287 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/list.h - * @brief GWIN list widget header file - * - * @defgroup List List - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to create a list widget. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GDISP must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GDISP_NEED_TEXT must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_LIST must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre The font you want to use must be enabled in your gfxconf.h - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_LIST_H -#define _GWIN_LIST_H - -// This file is included within "gwin/gwin.h" - -/** - * @brief The event type for a list event - */ -#define GEVENT_GWIN_LIST (GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST+4) - -/** - * @brief A list event - */ -typedef struct GEventGWinList { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_GWIN_LIST) - GHandle list; // The list - int item; // The item that has been selected (or unselected in a multi-select listbox) -} GEventGWinList; - -// A list window -typedef struct GListObject { - GWidgetObject w; - - #if GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE - coord_t start_mouse_x; - coord_t start_mouse_y; - coord_t last_mouse_y; - #endif - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - uint16_t t_up; - uint16_t t_dn; - #endif - - int cnt; // Number of items currently in the list (quicker than counting each time) - int top; // Viewing offset in pixels from the top of the list - gfxQueueASync list_head; // The list of items -} GListObject; - -/** - * @brief Enum to change the behaviour of the scroll bar - * - * @note Used with @p gwinListSetScroll() - * @note @p scrollAlways always show the scrollbar - * @note @p scrollAuto show the scrollbar when there are more items on the list then fit on the screen - * @note @p scrollSmooth enable touch screen smooth scrolling - */ -typedef enum scroll_t { scrollAlways, scrollAuto, scrollSmooth } scroll_t; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a list widget - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are Black and White. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then - * there is no default font and text drawing operations will not display anything. - * @note A list remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note The list contains no elements after creation. - * @note A slider supports mouse, toggle. Note: toggle only works correctly for single-select lists. - * @note When assigning a toggle, only one toggle is supported per role. If you try to assign more than - * one toggle to a role, it will forget the previous toggle. Two roles are supported: - * Role 0 = toggle for down, role 1 = toggle for up - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] widget The GListObject structure to initialize. If this is NULL, the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * @param[in] multiselect If TRUE the list is multi-select instead of single-select. - * - * @return NULL if there is no resulting drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGListCreate(GDisplay *g, GListObject *widget, GWidgetInit *pInit, bool_t multiselect); -#define gwinListCreate(w, pInit, m) gwinGListCreate(GDISP, w, pInit, m) - -/** - * @brief Change the behaviour of the scroll bar - * - * @note Current possible values: @p scrollAlways, @p scrollAuto and @p scrollSmooth - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] flag The behaviour to be set - * - * @api - */ -void gwinListSetScroll(GHandle gh, scroll_t flag); - -/** - * @brief Add an item to the list - * - * @note The ID you get returned is not static. If items get removed from the list, the list items get - * reordered. - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The string which shall be displayed in the list afterwards - * @param[in] useAlloc If set to TRUE, the string will be dynamically allocated. A static buffer must be passed otherwise - * - * @return The current ID of the item. The ID might change if you remove items from the middle of the list - * - * @api - */ -int gwinListAddItem(GHandle gh, const char* item, bool_t useAlloc); - -/** - * @brief Get the name behind an item with a given ID - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * - * @return The string of the list item or NULL on error - * - * @api - */ -const char* gwinListItemGetText(GHandle gh, int item); - -/** - * @brief Get the ID of an item with a given name - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] text The item name - * - * @return The id of the list item or -1 on error - * - * @api - */ -int gwinListFindText(GHandle gh, const char* text); - -/** - * @brief Set the custom parameter of an item with a given ID - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * @param[in] param The parameter to be set - * - * @api - */ -void gwinListItemSetParam(GHandle gh, int item, uint16_t param); - -/** - * @brief Get the custom parameter of an item with a given ID - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * - * @return The parameter - * - * @api - */ -uint16_t gwinListItemGetParam(GHandle gh, int item); - -/** - * @brief Delete all the items of the list - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinListDeleteAll(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Delete an item from the list - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * - * @api - */ -void gwinListItemDelete(GHandle gh, int item); - -/** - * @brief Get the amount of items within the list - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * - * @return The amount of items in the list - * - * @api - */ -int gwinListItemCount(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Check if an item with a given ID is selected - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * - * @return TRUE if the item is selected, FALSE otherwise - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinListItemIsSelected(GHandle gh, int item); - -/** - * @brief Get the ID of the selected item - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * - * @return The ID of the selected list item for a single-select list. - * - * @note It always returns -1 (nothing selected) for a multi-select list. - * Instead use @p gwinListItemIsSelected() to get the selection status - * for a multi-select list. - * - * @api - */ -int gwinListGetSelected(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Get the text of the selected item - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * - * @return The test of the selected list item for a single-select list. - * - * @note It always returns NULL (nothing selected) for a multi-select list. - * - * @api - */ -const char* gwinListGetSelectedText(GHandle gh); - -#if GWIN_NEED_LIST_IMAGES || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - /** - * @brief Set the image for a list item - * - * @pre GWIN_NEED_LIST_IMAGES must be set to true in your gfxconf.h - * - * @param[in] gh The widget handle (must be a list handle) - * @param[in] item The item ID - * @param[in] pimg The image to be displayed or NULL to turn off the image for this list item. - * - * @note The image should be up to 4 x (the font height) and a width of (the font height). - * The 1st (top) part of the image is displayed for a selected item. - * The 2nd part of the image is displayed for an unselected item. - * The 3rd part of the image is displayed for a disabled selected item. - * The 4th part of the image is displayed for a disabled unselected item. - * If the image is less than 4 times the font height then the image use is collapsed - * into the available height. For example, an image that equals the font height will use - * the same image for all four states. - * @note The image is only displayed while it is open. It is up to the application to open - * the image. - * @note The same image can be used on more than one list item. - * @note Images are aligned with the top (not the baseline) of the list item. - * @note When any item in the list has an image attached, space is allocated to display - * the images even if the image is closed or has been removed by calling @p gwinListItemSetImage() - * with a NULL image or by calling @p gwinListItemDelete(). The only way to turn-off the image area - * for this list is to call gwinListDeleteAll(). - * - */ - void gwinListItemSetImage(GHandle gh, int item, gdispImage *pimg); -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif // _GWIN_LIST_H -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/options.h b/include/gwin/options.h deleted file mode 100644 index 882db572..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/options.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/options.h - * @brief GWIN sub-system options header file. - * - * @addtogroup GWIN - * @brief Module which provides a complete GUI toolkit based on widgets - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_OPTIONS_H -#define _GWIN_OPTIONS_H - -/** - * @name GWIN Functionality to be included - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Should window manager support be included - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER - #define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should widget functions be included. Needed for any widget (eg Buttons, Sliders etc) - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_WIDGET - #define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should console functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE - #define GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should graph functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_GRAPH - #define GWIN_NEED_GRAPH FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should button functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_BUTTON - #define GWIN_NEED_BUTTON FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should slider functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_SLIDER - #define GWIN_NEED_SLIDER FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should checkbox functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX - #define GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should image functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_IMAGE - #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should label functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_LABEL - #define GWIN_NEED_LABEL FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should radio button functions be included. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_RADIO - #define GWIN_NEED_RADIO FALSE - #endif -/** - * @} - * - * @name GWIN Optional Parameters - * @{ - */ - /** - * @brief Buttons should not insist the mouse is over the button on mouse release - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_BUTTON_LAZY_RELEASE - #define GWIN_BUTTON_LAZY_RELEASE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should the content of the console be saved for redrawing. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If this feature is enabled, the contents of the console will be saved - * as it is written. If a redraw is required it will be redrawn from the - * history. Scrolling will also use the history buffer if it is turned on. - * @note Using this option allocates the amount of memory to store the - * history based on the minimum character width in the current font - * at the time the history is turned on. Using a fixed width font is a good - * idea to minimize memory usage. - * @note If you change the size of the window or you change the font being displayed - * you should turn off the history and then turn it back on in order to get - * a new buffer of the correct size for the window/font combination. Strange - * redrawing and scrolling effects can occur if the buffer is too small to - * save a complete screen of data. Note the system tries to optimize storage - * so this may only be evident in very limited situations eg with a console - * with many characters in it. - * @note @p gwinConsoleSetBuffer() can be used to turn the history buffer off and on. - */ - #ifndef GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY - #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Use font width averaging for the history buffer allocation. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @details If this feature is enabled, the width one third of the way between - * the font's character width minimum and maximum will be used instead - * of the font's minimum width. - * @note This option reduces the memory allocation for a variable width font's - * history buffer. Note that strange - * redrawing and scrolling effects can occur if the buffer is too small to - * save a complete screen of data. The system tries to optimize storage - * so this may only be evident in very limited situations eg with a console - * with many characters in it. - */ - #ifndef GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_AVERAGING - #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_AVERAGING FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Should the history be turned on for all console windows when they are first created. - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note @p gwinConsoleSetBuffer() can be used to turn the history buffer off and on at - * any time. - */ - #ifndef GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_ATCREATE - #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_ATCREATE FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Console Windows need floating point support in @p gwinPrintf - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_FLOAT - #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_FLOAT FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Console Windows need BaseStreamSequential support (ChibiOS only) - * @details Defaults to FALSE - * @note To use the ChibiOS basestream functions such as chprintf() - * for printing in a console window you need to set this option to - * TRUE in your gfxconf.h and include in your application source file... - * \#include "chprintf.h" - * In your makefile, as part of your list of C source files, include - * ${CHIBIOS}/os/various/chprintf.c - */ - #ifndef GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM - #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM FALSE - #endif - /** - * @brief Image windows can optionally support animated images - * @details Defaults to FALSE - */ - #ifndef GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION - #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION FALSE - #endif -/** @} */ - -#endif /* _GWIN_OPTIONS_H */ -/** @} */ diff --git a/include/gwin/progressbar.h b/include/gwin/progressbar.h deleted file mode 100644 index c9efe46b..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/progressbar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/progressbar.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Progressbar Progressbar - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details Create progressbars with different styles - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_H -#define _GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_H - -// A progressbar window -typedef struct GProgressbarObject { - GWidgetObject w; - coord_t dpos; - int min; - int max; - int res; - int pos; - #if GFX_USE_GTIMER - GTimer gt; - delaytime_t delay; - #endif -} GProgressbarObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a progressbar window. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gb The GProgressbarObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A progressbar remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note The initial progressbar range is from 0 to 100 with an initial position of 0. - * @note A progressbar does not take any GINPUT inputs. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGProgressbarCreate(GDisplay *g, GProgressbarObject *gb, const GWidgetInit *pInit); -#define gwinProgressbarCreate(w, pInit) gwinGProgressbarCreate(GDISP, w, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Set the progressbar range. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * @param[in] min The minimum value - * @param[in] max The maximum value - * - * @note The defaults are 0 and 100 - * @note Sets the position to the minimum value. - * @note The progressbar is not automatically drawn. Call gwinProgressbarDraw() after changing the range. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarSetRange(GHandle gh, int min, int max); - -/** - * @brief Set the progressbar position. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * @param[in] pos The new position - * - * @note If the new position is outside the progressbar range then the position - * is set to the closest end of the range. - * @note The progressbar is not automatically drawn. Call gwinProgressbarDraw() after changing the position. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarSetPosition(GHandle gh, int pos); - -/** - * @brief Set the resolution for the incrementation and decrementation of the progressbar - * - * @note Default is set to 1 - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * @param[in] res The resolution to be set - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarSetResolution(GHandle gh, int res); - -/** - * @brief Increment the progressbar value - * - * @details Increments by the resolution set through gwinProgressbarSetResolution() - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarIncrement(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Decrement the progressbar value - * - * @details Decrements by the resolution set through gwinProgressbarSetResolution() - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarDecrement(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Get the current progressbar position. - * @return The progressbar position - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * - * @note The use of a listener to get the progressbar position is recommended if you - * want continuous updates on the progressbar position. - * - * @api - */ -#define gwinProgressbarGetPosition(gh) (((GProgressbarObject *)(gh))->pos) - -/** - * @brief Automatically increments the progress bar - * - * @note The delay is generated using the GTIMER module which is based on software/virtual timer. - * Therefore, the delay is totally unprecise. - * - * @note The progressbar incrementation starts at the current level. It is not reset to the minimum value. - * - * @note An event is generated once the maximum value has been reached (ToDo) - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a progressbar window) - * @param[in] delay The incrementation delay (in milliseconds) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinProgressbarStart(GHandle gh, delaytime_t delay); - -/** - * @brief Some custom progressbar drawing routines - * @details These function may be passed to @p gwinSetCustomDraw() to get different progressbar drawing styles - * - * @param[in] gw The widget (which must be a progressbar) - * @param[in] param A parameter passed in from the user - * - * @note In your custom progressbar drawing function you may optionally call this - * standard functions and then draw your extra details on top. - * @note The standard functions below ignore the param parameter except for @p gwinProgressbarDraw_Image(). - * @note The image custom draw function @p gwinProgressbarDraw_Image() uses param to pass in the gdispImage pointer. - * The image must be already opened before calling @p gwinSetCustomDraw(). The image is tiled to fill - * the active area of the progressbar. The normal colors apply to the border and inactive area and the dividing line - * between the active and inactive areas. - * No checking is done to compare the dimensions of the progressbar to the size of the image. - * Note text is drawn on top of the image. - * @note These custom drawing routines don't have to worry about setting clipping as the framework - * sets clipping to the object window prior to calling these routines. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gwinProgressbarDraw_Std(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -void gwinProgressbarDraw_Image(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -/* @} */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/radio.h b/include/gwin/radio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ee2918f..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/radio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/radio.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup RadioButton RadioButton - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details GWIN allows it to easily create radio buttons with different styles. - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_RADIO must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_RADIO_H -#define _GWIN_RADIO_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwidget.h" */ - -/** - * @brief The Event Type for a Radio Event - */ -#define GEVENT_GWIN_RADIO (GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST+3) - -/** - * @brief A Button Event - * @note There are currently no GEventGWinRadio listening flags - use 0 as the flags to @p gwinAttachListener() - */ -typedef struct GEventGWinRadio { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_GWIN_RADIO) - GHandle radio; // The radio button that has been depressed - uint16_t group; // The group for this radio button -} GEventGWinRadio; - -/** - * @brief The radio button widget structure - * @note Do not use the members directly - treat it as a black-box. - */ -typedef struct GRadioObject { - GWidgetObject w; - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - uint16_t toggle; - #endif - uint16_t group; -} GRadioObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a radio widget. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gb The GRadioObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialisation parameters - * @param[in] group The group of radio buttons this radio button belongs to. - * - * @note Only one radio button in any group is ever pressed at one time. Pressing one radio button will - * release all others in the group. - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A radio button remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note A radio button supports mouse and a toggle input. - * @note When assigning a toggle, only one toggle is supported. If you try to assign more than one toggle it will - * forget the previous toggle. When assigning a toggle the role parameter must be 0. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGRadioCreate(GDisplay *g, GRadioObject *gb, const GWidgetInit *pInit, uint16_t group); -#define gwinRadioCreate(w, pInit, gr) gwinGRadioCreate(GDISP, w, pInit, gr) - -/** - * @brief Press this radio button (and by definition unset any others in the group) - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a radio widget) - * - * @api - */ -void gwinRadioPress(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Is the radio button currently pressed - * @return TRUE if the button is pressed - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a radio widget) - * - * @api - */ -bool_t gwinRadioIsPressed(GHandle gh); - -/** - * @brief Find the currently pressed radio button in the specified group - * @return The handle of the pressed radio button or NULL if none are pressed - * - * @param[in] group The radio button group to be examined - * - * @return The handle of the currently pressed radio button - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinRadioGetActive(uint16_t group); - -/** - * @brief Some custom radio button drawing routines - * @details These function may be passed to @p gwinSetCustomDraw() to get different radio button drawing styles - * - * @param[in] gw The widget object (in this case a radio button) - * @param[in] param A parameter passed in from the user - * - * @note In your custom radio drawing function you may optionally call these - * standard functions and then draw your extra details on top. - * @note The standard functions below ignore the param parameter. - * @note These custom drawing routines don't have to worry about setting clipping as the framework - * sets clipping to the object window prior to calling these routines. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gwinRadioDraw_Radio(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< A standard radio button -void gwinRadioDraw_Button(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< Draw as a button -void gwinRadioDraw_Tab(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); // @< Draw as a tab -/** @} */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_RADIO_H */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/include/gwin/slider.h b/include/gwin/slider.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f87745c..00000000 --- a/include/gwin/slider.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of - * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at: - * - * http://ugfx.org/license.html - */ - -/** - * @file include/gwin/slider.h - * @brief GWIN Graphic window subsystem header file. - * - * @defgroup Slider Slider - * @ingroup GWIN - * - * @details Create sliders with different styles - * - * @pre GFX_USE_GWIN must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @pre GWIN_NEED_SLIDER must be set to TRUE in your gfxconf.h - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef _GWIN_SLIDER_H -#define _GWIN_SLIDER_H - -/* This file is included within "gwin/gwidget.h" */ - -#define GEVENT_GWIN_SLIDER (GEVENT_GWIN_FIRST+1) - -typedef struct GEventGWinSlider { - GEventType type; // The type of this event (GEVENT_GWIN_BUTTON) - GHandle slider; // The slider that is returning results - int position; -} GEventGWinSlider; - -// There are currently no GEventGWinSlider listening flags - use 0 - -// A slider window -typedef struct GSliderObject { - GWidgetObject w; - #if GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE - uint16_t t_dn; - uint16_t t_up; - #endif - #if GINPUT_NEED_DIAL - uint16_t dial; - #endif - coord_t dpos; - int min; - int max; - int pos; -} GSliderObject; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/** - * @brief Create a slider window. - * @return NULL if there is no resultant drawing area, otherwise a window handle. - * - * @param[in] g The GDisplay to display this window on - * @param[in] gb The GSliderObject structure to initialise. If this is NULL the structure is dynamically allocated. - * @param[in] pInit The initialization parameters to use - * - * @note The drawing color and the background color get set to the current defaults. If you haven't called - * @p gwinSetDefaultColor() or @p gwinSetDefaultBgColor() then these are White and Black respectively. - * @note The font gets set to the current default font. If you haven't called @p gwinSetDefaultFont() then there - * is no default font and text drawing operations will no nothing. - * @note A slider remembers its normal drawing state. If there is a window manager then it is automatically - * redrawn if the window is moved or its visibility state is changed. - * @note The initial slider range is from 0 to 100 with an initial position of 0. - * @note A slider supports mouse, toggle and dial input. - * @note When assigning a toggle, only one toggle is supported per role. If you try to assign more than - * one toggle to a role it will forget the previous toggle. Two roles are supported: - * Role 0 = toggle for down, Role 1 = toggle for up. - * @note When assigning a dial, only one dial is supported. If you try to assign more than one dial - * it will forget the previous dial. Only dial role 0 is supported. - * - * @api - */ -GHandle gwinGSliderCreate(GDisplay *g, GSliderObject *gb, const GWidgetInit *pInit); -#define gwinSliderCreate(w, pInit) gwinGSliderCreate(GDISP, w, pInit) - -/** - * @brief Set the slider range. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a slider window) - * @param[in] min The minimum value - * @param[in] max The maximum value - * @note Sets the position to the minimum value. - * @note The slider is not automatically drawn. Call gwinSliderDraw() after changing the range. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSliderSetRange(GHandle gh, int min, int max); - -/** - * @brief Set the slider position. - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a slider window) - * @param[in] pos The new position - * @note If the new position is outside the slider range then the position - * is set to the closest end of the range. - * @note The slider is not automatically drawn. Call gwinSliderDraw() after changing the position. - * - * @api - */ -void gwinSliderSetPosition(GHandle gh, int pos); - -/** - * @brief Get the current slider position. - * @return The slider position - * - * @param[in] gh The window handle (must be a slider window) - * - * @note The use of a listener to get the slider position is recommended if you - * want continuous updates on the slider position. - * - * @api - */ -#define gwinSliderGetPosition(gh) (((GSliderObject *)(gh))->pos) - -/** - * @brief Some custom slider drawing routines - * @details These function may be passed to @p gwinSetCustomDraw() to get different slider drawing styles - * - * @param[in] gw The widget (which must be a slider) - * @param[in] param A parameter passed in from the user - * - * @note In your custom slider drawing function you may optionally call this - * standard functions and then draw your extra details on top. - * @note The standard functions below ignore the param parameter except for @p gwinSliderDraw_Image(). - * @note The image custom draw function @p gwinSliderDraw_Image() uses param to pass in the gdispImage pointer. - * The image must be already opened before calling @p gwinSetCustomDraw(). The image is tiled to fill - * the active area of the slider. The normal colors apply to the border and inactive area and the dividing line - * between the active and inactive areas. - * No checking is done to compare the dimensions of the slider to the size of the image. - * Note text is drawn on top of the image. - * @note These custom drawing routines don't have to worry about setting clipping as the framework - * sets clipping to the object window prior to calling these routines. - * - * @api - * @{ - */ -void gwinSliderDraw_Std(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -void gwinSliderDraw_Image(GWidgetObject *gw, void *param); -/* @} */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GWIN_SLIDER_H */ -/** @} */ - -- cgit v1.2.3